Chapters in this book

80 of 80 chapters

112 hadiths · Full book

Chapter 1

What Has Been Related About 'The Blood Of A Muslim Is Not Lawful Except For One Of Three'

Hadith 2158

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2158. Abū Umāmah bin Sahl bin Hunaif narrated that on the day of siege, 'Uthmān bin 'Affān stood overlooking the people, and he said: "I swear to you by Allāh! You know that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'The blood of a Muslim man is not lawful, except for one of three (cases): Illegitimate sexual relations after Ihṣān (having been married), or apostasy after Islām, or taking a life without right, for which he is killed.' By Allāh! I have never committed illegitimate sexual relations, not during Jāhiliyyah nor during Islām, and I have not committed apostasy since I gave my pledge to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and I have not taken a life that Allāh had made unlawful. So for what do you fight me?" (Saḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Ibn Mas'ūd, 'Aishah, and Ibn 'Abbās. This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan. Hammād bin Salamah reported it from Yahya bin Sa'eed in Marfu' form. Yahya bin Sa'eed Al-Qaṭṭān and more than one narrator reported this Ḥadīth from Yahya bin Sa'eed in Mawqūf, not Marfū' form. And this Ḥadīth has been reported through other routes from 'Uthmān from the Prophet ﷺ [in Marfū' form].

Arabic text

٢١٥٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ الضَّبِّيُّ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي أُمَامَةَ بْنِ سَهْلِ بْنِ حُنَيْفٍ «أَنَّ» ‌عُثْمَانَ بْنَ عَفَّانَ أَشْرَفَ يَوْمَ الدَّارِ، فَقَالَ: أَنْشُدُكُمُ اللهَ أَتَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: لَا يَحِلُّ دَمُ امْرِئٍ مُسْلِمٍ إِلَّا بِإِحْدَى ثَلَاثٍ؛ زِنًا بَعْدَ إِحْصَانٍ، أَوِ ارْتِدَادٍ بَعْدَ إِسْلَامٍ، أَوْ قَتْلِ نَفْسٍ بِغَيْرِ حَقٍّ فَقُتِلَ بِهِ، فَوَاللهِ مَا زَنَيْتُ فِي جَاهِلِيَّةٍ وَلَا فِي إِسْلَامٍ، وَلَا ارْتَدَدْتُ مُنْذُ بَايَعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَلَا قَتَلْتُ النَّفْسَ الَّتِي حَرَّمَ اللهُ فَبِمَ تَقْتُلُونَنِي. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، وَعَائِشَةَ، وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ. وَرَوَاهُ حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، فَرَفَعَهُ، وَرَوَى يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ وَغَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ فَأَوْقَفُوهُ وَلَمْ يَرْفَعُوهُ، وَقَدْ رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ عَنْ عُثْمَانَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرْفُوعًا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2158

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2158

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 2

What Has Been Related About the Prohibition Of Blood And Wealth

Hadith 2159

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2159. Sulaimān bin 'Amr bin Al-Ahwaṣ narrated from his father who said: "During the Farewell Pilgrimage, I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saying: 'Which day is this?' They said: 'The day of Al-Hajj Al-Akbar'. He said: 'Indeed your blood, your wealth, your honor is sacred to each other, just as this day of yours is sacred in this city of yours. Indeed, no one commits a crime except against himself. Indeed none commits a crime for which his son is accountable, nor does a child commit a crime for which his father is held accountable. Indeed Ash-Shaitān has lost hope of ever being worshipped in this city of yours, but he will have compliance in what deeds of yours you consider insignificant, which he will be content with.”’ (Hasan) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Bakrah, Ibn ‘Abbās, Jābir, and Hīdhym bin ‘Amr As-Sa’dī. This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ. Zā’idah reported similarly from Shabīb bin Gharqadah, and we do not know of it except as a narration of Shabīb bin Gharqadah.

Arabic text

٢١٥٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ ، عَنْ ‌شَبِيبِ بْنِ غَرْقَدَةَ ، عَنْ ‌سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْأَحْوَصِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ قَالَ: «سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ فِي حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ» لِلنَّاسِ: أَيُّ يَوْمٍ هَذَا؟ قَالُوا: يَوْمُ الْحَجِّ الْأَكْبَرِ. قَالَ: فَإِنَّ دِمَاءَكُمْ وَأَمْوَالَكُمْ وَأَعْرَاضَكُمْ بَيْنَكُمْ حَرَامٌ كَحُرْمَةِ يَوْمِكُمْ هَذَا فِي بَلَدِكُمْ هَذَا، أَلَا لَا يَجْنِي جَانٍ إِلَّا عَلَى نَفْسِهِ، أَلَا لَا يَجْنِي جَانٍ عَلَى وَلَدِهِ وَلَا مَوْلُودٌ عَلَى وَالِدِهِ، أَلَا وَإِنَّ الشَّيْطَانَ قَدْ أَيِسَ مِنْ أَنْ يُعْبَدَ فِي بِلَادِكُمْ هَذِهِ أَبَدًا وَلَكِنْ سَتَكُونُ لَهُ طَاعَةٌ فِيمَا تَحْتَقِرُونَ مِنْ أَعْمَالِكُمْ فَسَيَرْضَى بِهِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَحِذْيَمِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو السَّعْدِيِّ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ، وَرَوَى زَائِدَةُ عَنْ شَبِيبِ بْنِ غَرْقَدَةَ نَحْوَهُ، وَلَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ شَبِيبِ بْنِ غَرْقَدَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2159

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2159

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 3

What Has Been Related About It is Not Lawful To Intimidate A Muslim

Hadith 2160

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2160. ‘Abdullāh bin As-Sā’ib bin Yazīd narrated from his father, from his grandfather who said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘Let one of you not take his brothers staff, neither in play nor seriousness. Whoever took his brother’s staff,[1] then let him return it to him.”’ (Ṣaḥīḥ) [1] “His brother’s belongings...” as is in the report in Abū Dāwūd. “He only cited the staff as an example because it is of the trivial things not considered so important by it’s owner, so that it is known that greater care must be taken concerning what is of importance (to it’s owner).” Tuhfat Al-Ahwadhi. [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Ibn 'Umar, Sulaimān bin Ṣurad, Ja'dah, and Abū Hurairah. This Hadīth is Ḥasan Gharīb, we do not know of it except as a narration of Ibn Abī Dhi'b. As-Sā'ib bin Yazīd was a Companion, he heard Aḥādīth from the Prophet ﷺ when he was a boy. The Prophet ﷺ died when As-Sā'ib was seven years old. Yazīd bin As-Sā'ib, his father, was one of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ, and he reported from the Prophet ﷺ. [As-Sā'ib bin Yazīd is the son of Namir's sister].

Arabic text

٢١٦٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌بُنْدَارٌ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ السَّائِبِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌جَدِّهِ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يَأْخُذْ أَحَدُكُمْ عَصَا أَخِيهِ لَاعِبًا» أَوْ جَادًّا فَمَنْ أَخَذَ عَصَا أَخِيهِ فَلْيَرُدَّهَا إِلَيْهِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَسُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ صُرَدَ، وَجَعْدَةَ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، وَالسَّائِبُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ لَهُ صُحْبَةٌ قَدْ سَمِعَ مِنَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَحَادِيثَ وَهُوَ غُلَامٌ، وَقُبِضَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ ابْنُ سَبْعِ سِنِينَ، وَوَالِدُهُ يَزِيدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ لَهُ أَحَادِيثُ، هُوَ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَقَدْ رَوَى عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَالسَّائِبُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ هُوَ ابْنُ أُخْتِ نَمِرٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2160

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2160

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2161

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2161. [Muḥammad bin Yūsuf narrated that As-Sā'ib bin Yazīd said: "Yazīd performed Hajj in the Farewell Pilgrimage with the Prophet ﷺ when I was seven years old." So 'Alī bin Al-Madīnī narrated from Yahya bin Sa'eed Al-Qaṭṭān: "Muḥammad bin Yūsuf was a very reliable narrator of Hadīth, and As-Sā'ib bin Yazīd was his grandfather, and Muḥammad bin Yūsuf would say: 'As-Sā'ib bin Yazīd narrated to me – and he is my grandfather from my mother's side'"]. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

حدثنا قتيبة، قال: حدثنا حاتم بن إسماعيل، عن محمد بن يوسف، عن السائب بن يزيد، قال: «حج يزيد مع النبي صلى الله عليه وسلم حجة الوداع وأنا ابن سبع سنين»، فقال علي بن المديني، عن يحيى بن سعيد القطان، كان محمد بن يوسف ثبتا صاحب حديث، وكان السائب بن يزيد جده، وكان محمد بن يوسف يقول حدثني السائب بن يزيد وهو جدي من قبل أمي

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2161

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2161

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 4

What Has Been Related About A Muslim Pointing A Weapon At His Brother

Hadith 2162

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2162. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever points a piece of iron at his brother, the angels curse him." (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Bakrah, 'Aishah, and Jābir. This Hadīth is Hasan Sahih Gharīb from this route, is considered strange as a narration of Khālid Al-Ḥadh-dhā'. Ayyūb reported a similar narration from Muḥammad bin Sīrīn, from Abū Hurairah, but he did not narrate it in Marfū' form, and he added in it: "Even if he was his brother, from his mother or his father." (Another chain of narration)

Arabic text

٢١٦٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ الْعَطَّارُ الْهَاشِمِيُّ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْبُوبُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌خَالِدٌ الْحَذَّاءُ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ أَشَارَ» عَلَى أَخِيهِ بِحَدِيدَةٍ لَعَنَتْهُ الْمَلَائِكَةُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، وَعَائِشَةَ، وَجَابِرٍ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ، غَرِيبٌ مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ، يُسْتَغْرَبُ مِنْ حَدِيثِ خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ. ٢١٦٢ (م) - وَرَوَاهُ ‌أَيُّوبُ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ نَحْوَهُ، وَلَمْ يَرْفَعْهُ. وَزَادَ فِيهِ: «وَإِنْ كَانَ أَخَاهُ لِأَبِيهِ وَأُمِّهِ». حَدَّثَنَا بِذَلِكَ ‌قُتَيْبَةُ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ بِهَذَا

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2162

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2162

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 5

What Has Been Related About The Prohibition Of Passing An Unsheathed Sword

Hadith 2163

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2163. Jābir narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prohibited passing an unsheathed sword." (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There is something on this topic from Abū Bakrah. This Hadith is Hasan Gharib as a narration of Ḥammād bin Salamah. Ibn Lahī'ah reported this Hadith from Abū Az-Zubair, from Jābir, from Bannah Al-Juḥanī from the Prophet ﷺ. The narration of Ḥammād bin Salamah is more correct in my view.

Arabic text

٢١٦٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ مُعَاوِيَةَ الْجُمَحِيُّ الْبَصْرِيُّ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ ، عَنْ ‌جَابِرٍ قَالَ: «نَهَى رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يُتَعَاطَى السَّيْفُ مَسْلُولًا». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ حَدِيثِ حَمَّادِ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ. وَرَوَى ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ عَنْ جَابِرٍ عَنْ بَنَّةَ الْجُهَنِيِّ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ. وَحَدِيثُ حَمَّادِ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ عِنْدِي أَصَحُّ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2163

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2163

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 6

What Has Been Related About Whoever Prays Subh Then He Is Under A Covenant Of Allāh The Mighty And Sublime

Hadith 2164

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2164. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever prays Subh, then he is under the protection of Allāh's covenant, so do not infringe at all upon Allāh's covenant." [1] (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There is something on this topic from [1] See no. 222. Jundab and Ibn 'Umar. This Hadith is Hasan Gharib from this route.

Arabic text

٢١٦٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌بُنْدَارٌ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَعْدِيُّ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ عَجْلَانَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ صَلَّى الصُّبْحَ فَهُوَ فِي ذِمَّةِ اللهِ»، فَلَا يُتْبِعَنَّكُمُ اللهُ بِشَيْءٍ مِنْ ذِمَّتِهِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ جُنْدُبٍ، وَابْنِ عُمَرَ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2164

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2164

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 7

What Has Been Related About Adhering To The Jamā'ah

Hadith 2165

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2165. Ibn 'Umar narrated: 'Umar delivered a Khutbah to us at Al-Jābiyah.[1] He said: 'O you people! Indeed I have stood among you as the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood among us, and he said: "I order you (to stick to) my Companions, then those who come after them, then those who come after them. Then lying will spread until a man will take an oath when no oath was sought from him, and a witness will testify when his testimony was not sought. Behold! A man is not alone with a woman but the third of them is Ash-Shaitān. Adhere to the Jamā'ah, beware of separation, for indeed Ash-Shaitān is with one, and he is further away from two. Whoever wants the best place in Paradise, then let him stick to the Jamā'ah. Whoever rejoices with his good deeds and grieves over his evil deeds, then that is the believer among you.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ Gharīb from this route. Ibn Al-Mubārak reported it from Muḥammad bin Sūwqah, and this Ḥadīth has been reported through other routes from 'Umar from the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

٢١٦٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌النَّضْرُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ أَبُو الْمُغِيرَةِ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سُوقَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَ: «خَطَبَنَا ‌عُمَرُ بِالْجَابِيَةِ،» فَقَالَ: يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ، إِنِّي قُمْتُ فِيكُمْ كَمَقَامِ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِينَا، فَقَالَ: أُوصِيكُمْ بِأَصْحَابِي ثُمَّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُمْ ثُمَّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُمْ، ثُمَّ يَفْشُو الْكَذِبُ حَتَّى يَحْلِفَ الرَّجُلُ وَلَا يُسْتَحْلَفُ، وَيَشْهَدَ الشَّاهِدُ وَلَا يُسْتَشْهَدُ، أَلَا لَا يَخْلُوَنَّ رَجُلٌ بِامْرَأَةٍ إِلَّا كَانَ ثَالِثَهُمَا الشَّيْطَانُ، عَلَيْكُمْ بِالْجَمَاعَةِ وَإِيَّاكُمْ وَالْفُرْقَةَ، فَإِنَّ الشَّيْطَانَ مَعَ الْوَاحِدِ وَهُوَ مِنَ الِاثْنَيْنِ أَبْعَدُ، مَنْ أَرَادَ بُحْبُوحَةَ الْجَنَّةِ فَلْيَلْزَمِ الْجَمَاعَةَ، مَنْ سَرَّتْهُ حَسَنَتُهُ وَسَاءَتْهُ سَيِّئَتُهُ فَذَلِكَ الْمُؤْمِنُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ، وَقَدْ رَوَاهُ ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سُوقَةَ، وَقَدْ رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ عَنْ عُمَرَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ.

Footnotes

1 [1] A village of Damascus.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2165

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2165

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2166

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2166. Ibn 'Abbās narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Allāh's Hand is with the Jamā'ah.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) This Ḥadīth is Gharīb, we do not know of it as a narration of Ibn 'Abbās except through this route.

Arabic text

٢١٦٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ مُوسَى ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مَيْمُونٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ طَاوُسٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَدُ» اللهِ مَعَ الْجَمَاعَةِ هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ مِنْ حَدِيثِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ إِلَّا مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2166

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2166

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2167

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2167. Ibn 'Umar narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Indeed Allāh will not gather my Ummah" – or he said: "[Muḥammad's] Ummah upon deviation, and Allāh's Hand is over the Jamā'ah, and whoever deviates, he deviates to the Fire." (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadith is Gharib from this route. In my view, Sulaimān Al-Madanī is Sulaimān bin Sufyān – there is something on this topic from Ibn 'Abbās – and Abū Dāwud Aṭ-Ṭayālīsī, Abū 'Āmir Al-'Aqadī and more than one of the people of knowledge reported from him (Sulaimān bin Sufyān). [Abū 'Eisā said:] The explanation of the Jamā'ah, according to the people of knowledge, is the people of Fiqh, knowledge, and Hadith. He said: "I heard Al-Jārūd bin Mu'ādḥ saying: 'I heard 'Alī bin Al-Ḥasan saying: "I asked 'Abdullāh bin Al-Mubārak: 'Who is the Jamā'ah?' So he said: 'Abū Bakr and 'Umar.' It was said to him: 'Abū Bakr and 'Umar have died.' He said: 'So-and-so.' It was said to him: 'So-and-so, and so-and-so have died.' So 'Abdullāh bin Al-Mubārak said: 'Abū Ḥamzah As-Sukkarī is a Jamā'ah'" [Abū 'Eisā said:] Abū Ḥamzah is Muḥammad bin Maimūn, he was a righteous Shaikh, and he only said this about during his life, according to us.

Arabic text

٢١٦٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ نَافِعٍ الْبَصْرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْمُعْتَمِرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُلَيْمَانُ الْمَدَنِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ اللهَ لَا يَجْمَعُ أُمَّتِي أَوْ قَالَ: أُمَّةَ مُحَمَّدٍ» صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى ضَلَالَةٍ، وَيَدُ اللهِ مَعَ الْجَمَاعَةِ وَمَنْ شَذَّ شَذَّ إِلَى النَّارِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ. وَسُلَيْمَانُ الْمَدَنِيُّ هُوَ عِنْدِي سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ سُفْيَانَ، وَقَدْ رَوَى عَنْهُ أَبُو دَاوُدَ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ وَأَبُو عَامِرٍ الْعَقَدِيُّ وَغَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ. وَتَفْسِيرُ الْجَمَاعَةِ عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ هُمْ أَهْلُ الْفِقْهِ وَالْعِلْمِ وَالْحَدِيثِ. وَسَمِعْتُ الْجَارُودَ بْنَ مُعَاذٍ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ عَلِيَّ بْنَ الْحَسَنِ يَقُولُ: سَأَلْتُ عَبْدَ اللهِ بْنَ الْمُبَارَكِ: مَنِ الْجَمَاعَةُ؟ فَقَالَ: أَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ، قِيلَ لَهُ: قَدْ مَاتَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ، قَالَ: فُلَانٌ وَفُلَانٌ، قِيلَ لَهُ: قَدْ مَاتَ فُلَانٌ وَفُلَانٌ، فَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ: أَبُو حَمْزَةَ السُّكَّرِيُّ جَمَاعَةٌ. وَأَبُو حَمْزَةَ هُوَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَيْمُونٍ، وَكَانَ شَيْخًا صَالِحًا، وَإِنَّمَا قَالَ هَذَا فِي حَيَاتِهِ عِنْدَنَا.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2167

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2167

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 8

What Has Been Related About The Descent Of The Punishment When Evil Is Not Changed

Hadith 2168

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2168. Abū Bakr Aṣ-Ṣiddīq said: "O you people! You recite this Āyah: Take care of yourselves! If you follow the guidance no harm shall come to you.[1] I indeed heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saying: 'When the people see the wrongdoer and they do not take him by the hand, then soon Allāh shall envelope you in a punishment from Him.'" (Ṣaḥīh) (Another chain of narration) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Āishah, Umm Salamah, An-Nu'mān bin Bashīr, 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar, and Ḥudhaifah. [And this Hadīth is Ṣaḥīh.] More than one narrator reported narrations similar to the narration of Yazīd from Ismā'īl, some of them narrated it in Marfū' form from Ismā'īl, and some of them narrated it in Mawqūf form.

Arabic text

٢١٦٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ ، عَنْ ‌قَيْسِ بْنِ أَبِي حَازِمٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي بَكْرٍ الصِّدِّيقِ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ إِنَّكُمْ تَقْرَءُونَ هَذِهِ الْآيَةَ: {يَا أَيُّهَا الَّذِينَ آمَنُوا عَلَيْكُمْ أَنْفُسَكُمْ لا يَضُرُّكُمْ مَنْ ضَلَّ إِذَا اهْتَدَيْتُمْ}، وَإِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: إِنَّ النَّاسَ إِذَا رَأَوُا الظَّالِمَ فَلَمْ يَأْخُذُوا عَلَى يَدَيْهِ أَوْشَكَ أَنْ يَعُمَّهُمُ اللهُ بِعِقَابٍ مِنْهُ». ٢١٦٨ (م) - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ ، عَنْ ‌إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، نَحْوَهُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، وَأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، وَالنُّعْمَانِ بْنِ بَشِيرٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، وَحُذَيْفَةَ. وَهَكَذَا رَوَى غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ يَزِيدَ، وَرَفَعَهُ بَعْضُهُمْ عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، وَأَوْقَفَهُ بَعْضُهُمْ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Mā'idah 5:105.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2168

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2168

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 9

What Has Been Related About Commanding Good And Forbidding Evil

Hadith 2169

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2169. Hudhaifah bin Al-Yamān narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! Either you command good and forbid evil, or Allāh will soon send upon you a punishment from Him, then you will call upon Him, but He will not respond to you."(Hasan) (Another route for) this chain, with similar meaning. This Hadith is Hasan.

Arabic text

٢١٦٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ أَبِي عَمْرٍو ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌حُذَيْفَةَ بْنِ الْيَمَانِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ لَتَأْمُرُنَّ بِالْمَعْرُوفِ وَلَتَنْهَوُنَّ عَنِ الْمُنْكَرِ» أَوْ لَيُوشِكَنَّ اللهُ أَنْ يَبْعَثَ عَلَيْكُمْ عِقَابًا مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ تَدْعُونَهُ فَلَا يُسْتَجَابُ لَكُمْ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ. ٢١٦٩ (م) - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ أَبِي عَمْرٍو بِهَذَا الْإِسْنَادِ، نَحْوَهُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2169

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2169

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2170

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2170. Hudhaifah bin Al-Yamān narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until you fight your A'immah, and you strike each other with your swords, and your world will be inherited by the vilest among you." (Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan. [We only know of it as a narration of 'Amr bin Abī 'Amr].

Arabic text

٢١٧٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ أَبِي عَمْرٍو ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ الْأَشْهَلِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌حُذَيْفَةَ بْنِ الْيَمَانِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى تَقْتُلُوا إِمَامَكُمْ»، وَتَجْتَلِدُوا بِأَسْيَافِكُمْ، وَيَرِثَ دُنْيَاكُمْ شِرَارُكُمْ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ، إِنَّمَا نَعْرِفُهُ مِنْ حَدِيثِ عَمْرِو بْنِ أَبِي عَمْرٍو.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2170

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2170

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 10

The Hadīth About The Earth Swallowing An Army At Al-Baidā[1]

Hadith 2171

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2171. Umm Salamah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ mentioned the army that the earth would swallow, so Umm Salamah said: "Perhaps there are those among them who are averse to it." He said: "They will be resurrected on their intentions." (Sahīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb from this route. This Hadīth has also been reported from Nāfi' bin Jubair, from 'Aishah from the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

٢١٧١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سُوقَةَ ، عَنْ ‌نَافِعِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ ، عَنْ ‌أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَنَّهُ ذَكَرَ الْجَيْشَ الَّذِي يُخْسَفُ بِهِمْ، فَقَالَتْ أُمُّ سَلَمَةَ»: لَعَلَّ فِيهِمُ الْمُكْرَهَ، قَالَ: إِنَّهُمْ يُبْعَثُونَ عَلَى نِيَّاتِهِمْ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ، وَقَدْ رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ عَنْ نَافِعِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ أَيْضًا، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ.

Footnotes

1 [1] "An-Nawawī said: 'The scholars say that Al-Baidā' is every flat land with nothing in it.'" Tuhfat Al-Ahwadhi. "Al-Baidā" is the name of the flat land between Makkah and Al-Madinah." Mu'jam Al-Buldān. See no. 2153.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2171

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2171

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 11

What Has Been Related About Changing The Evil With The Hand, Or With The Tongue, Or With The Heart

Hadith 2172

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2172. Tāriq bin Shihāb said: "The first to advance the Khutbah before the Salāt was Marwān.[1] A man stood to say to Marwān: 'You have contradicted the Sunnah.' So he said: 'O so-and-so! What was there it has been left.' So Abū Sa'eed said: 'As for this, he has fulfilled what is upon him. I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saying: 'Whomever among you sees an evil, then let him stop it with his hand. Whomever is not able, then with his tongue, and whomever is not able, then with his heart. That is the weakest of faith.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢١٧٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌بُنْدَارٌ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ ، عَنْ ‌قَيْسِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ ، عَنْ ‌طَارِقِ بْنِ شِهَابٍ قَالَ: «أَوَّلُ مَنْ قَدَّمَ الْخُطْبَةَ قَبْلَ الصَّلَاةِ مَرْوَانُ»، فَقَامَ رَجُلٌ، فَقَالَ لِمَرْوَانَ: خَالَفْتَ السُّنَّةَ، فَقَالَ: يَا فُلَانُ تُرِكَ مَا هُنَالِكَ، فَقَالَ ‌أَبُو سَعِيدٍ : أَمَّا هَذَا فَقَدْ قَضَى مَا عَلَيْهِ، سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: مَنْ رَأَى مُنْكَرًا فَلْيُنْكِرْهُ بِيَدِهِ، وَمَنْ لَمْ يَسْتَطِعْ فَبِلِسَانِهِ، وَمَنْ لَمْ يَسْتَطِعْ فَبِقَلْبِهِ، وَذَلِكَ أَضْعَفُ الْإِيمَانِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, for the 'Eid prayers, see Al-Bukhārī, no. 956.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2172

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2172

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 12

Something Else About That

Hadith 2173

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2173. An-Nu'mān bin Bashīr narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The parable of the one who upholds Allāh's laws and the one who breaches them, is that of a people who drew lots on a ship at sea. Some of them got the upper part, and some of them the lower part. Those on the lower part ascended to get water, spilling it upon those upper part. So those in the upper part say: 'We will not leave you to come up here and bother us.' Then those on the lower part say: 'We should make a hole in the lower part so we can get water.' If they take them by the hand and stop them, then they will save all of them, and if they leave them, they will all drown.'" (Ṣaḥīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīh.

Arabic text

٢١٧٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْأَعْمَشُ ، عَنِ ‌الشَّعْبِيِّ ، عَنِ ‌النُّعْمَانِ بْنِ بَشِيرٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَثَلُ الْقَائِمِ عَلَى حُدُودِ اللهِ وَالْمُدْهِنِ فِيهَا كَمَثَلِ قَوْمٍ اسْتَهَمُوا عَلَى سَفِينَةٍ فِي الْبَحْرِ»، فَأَصَابَ بَعْضُهُمْ أَعْلَاهَا، وَأَصَابَ بَعْضُهُمْ أَسْفَلَهَا، فَكَانَ الَّذِينَ فِي أَسْفَلِهَا يَصْعَدُونَ فَيَسْتَقُونَ الْمَاءَ فَيَصُبُّونَ عَلَى الَّذِينَ فِي أَعْلَاهَا، فَقَالَ الَّذِينَ فِي أَعْلَاهَا: لَا نَدَعُكُمْ تَصْعَدُونَ فَتُؤْذُونَنَا، فَقَالَ الَّذِينَ فِي أَسْفَلِهَا: فَإِنَّا نَنْقُبُهَا مِنْ أَسْفَلِهَا فَنَسْتَقِي، فَإِنْ أَخَذُوا عَلَى أَيْدِيهِمْ فَمَنَعُوهُمْ نَجَوْا جَمِيعًا، وَإِنْ تَرَكُوهُمْ غَرِقُوا جَمِيعًا. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2173

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2173

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 13

What Has Been Related About 'The Most Virtuous Jihād Is A Just Statement Before A Tyrannical Ruler'

Hadith 2174

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2174. Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Indeed, among the greatest types of Jihād is a just statement before a tyrannical ruler." (Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There is something on this topic from Abū Umāmah. And this Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb from this route.

Arabic text

٢١٧٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْقَاسِمُ بْنُ دِينَارٍ الْكُوفِيُّ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مُصْعَبٍ أَبُو يَزِيدَ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْرَائِيلُ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ جُحَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَطِيَّةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ مِنْ أَعْظَمِ الْجِهَادِ» كَلِمَةَ عَدْلٍ عِنْدَ سُلْطَانٍ جَائِرٍ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي أُمَامَةَ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2174

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2174

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 14

What Has Been Related About The Three Things That The Prophet ﷺ Requested For His Ummah

Hadith 2175

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2175. 'Abdullāh bin Khabbāb bin Al-Aratt narrated from his father: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed Salāt, making it long. They said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! You have performed Salāt (in a manner) which you do not ordinarily perform it.' He said: 'Yes, it was a prayer of hope and fear. In it I asked Allāh for three things. He granted me two, and withheld one from me. I asked Him that my Ummah not be destroyed by drought. He granted that. I asked Him that they not be overcome by enemies from other than them. He granted that. And I asked Him that some of them not suffer from the harm of others, and He withheld that.'" (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadith is Hasan Gharib Sahih. There are narrations on this topic from Sa'd and Ibn 'Umar.

Arabic text

٢١٧٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَهْبُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبِي قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ‌النُّعْمَانَ بْنَ رَاشِدٍ يُحَدِّثُ عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ خَبَّابِ بْنِ الْأَرَتِّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ قَالَ: «صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاةً فَأَطَالَهَا، فَقَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، صَلَّيْتَ صَلَاةً لَمْ تَكُنْ تُصَلِّيهَا، قَالَ: أَجَلْ إِنَّهَا صَلَاةُ رَغْبَةٍ وَرَهْبَةٍ»، إِنِّي سَأَلْتُ اللهَ فِيهَا ثَلَاثًا، فَأَعْطَانِي اثْنَتَيْنِ وَمَنَعَنِي وَاحِدَةً، سَأَلْتُهُ أَنْ لَا يُهْلِكَ أُمَّتِي بِسَنَةٍ فَأَعْطَانِيهَا، وَسَأَلْتُهُ أَنْ لَا يُسَلِّطَ عَلَيْهِمْ عَدُوًّا مِنْ غَيْرِهِمْ فَأَعْطَانِيهَا، وَسَأَلْتُهُ أَنْ لَا يُذِيقَ بَعْضَهُمْ بَأْسَ بَعْضٍ فَمَنَعَنِيهَا. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ سَعْدٍ، وَابْنِ عُمَرَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2175

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2175

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2176

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2176. Thawbān narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Indeed Allāh gathered the earth for me so that I saw its east and its west. And surely my Ummah's authority shall reach over all that was shown to me of it. And I have been granted the two treasures; the red and the white. I asked my Lord that my Ummah is not to be destroyed by a universal drought, and that He does not overcome them by enemies outside of them, reaching to their heart of power. My Lord said: 'O Muḥammad! When I issue a decree it is not reversed. I have granted for your Ummah that they shall not be destroyed by universal drought. And that they not be overcome by enemies outside of themselves reaching to their heart of power – even if they gather against them from all the regions.'" Or he said: "Among the regions. But some of them will destroy others, and some will capture others." (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣahih.

Arabic text

٢١٧٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَيُّوبَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي قِلَابَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي أَسْمَاءَ الرَّحَبِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌ثَوْبَانَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ اللهَ زَوَى» لِيَ الْأَرْضَ فَرَأَيْتُ مَشَارِقَهَا وَمَغَارِبَهَا، وَإِنَّ أُمَّتِي سَيَبْلُغُ مُلْكُهَا مَا زُوِيَ لِي مِنْهَا، وَأُعْطِيتُ الْكَنْزَيْنِ الْأَحْمَرَ وَالْأَبْيَضَ، وَإِنِّي سَأَلْتُ رَبِّي لِأُمَّتِي أَنْ لَا يُهْلِكَهَا بِسَنَةٍ عَامَّةٍ، وَأَنْ لَا يُسَلِّطَ عَلَيْهِمْ عَدُوًّا مِنْ سِوَى أَنْفُسِهِمْ فَيَسْتَبِيحَ بَيْضَتَهُمْ، وَإِنَّ رَبِّي قَالَ: يَا مُحَمَّدُ إِنِّي إِذَا قَضَيْتُ قَضَاءً فَإِنَّهُ لَا يُرَدُّ، وَإِنِّي أَعْطَيْتُكَ لِأُمَّتِكَ أَنْ لَا أُهْلِكَهُمْ بِسَنَةٍ عَامَّةٍ، وَأَنْ لَا أُسَلِّطَ عَلَيْهِمْ عَدُوًّا مِنْ سِوَى أَنْفُسِهِمْ فَيَسْتَبِيحَ بَيْضَتَهُمْ، وَلَوِ اجْتَمَعَ عَلَيْهِمْ مَنْ بِأَقْطَارِهَا أَوْ قَالَ مَنْ بَيْنَ أَقْطَارِهَا حَتَّى يَكُونَ بَعْضُهُمْ يُهْلِكُ بَعْضًا وَيَسْبِي بَعْضُهُمْ بَعْضًا. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2176

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2176

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 15

What Has Been Related About A Man During The Fitnah

Hadith 2177

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1277. Umm Mālik Al-Bahziyyah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ mentioned Fitnah, such that it was drawing near. She said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! Who is the best of people during it?' He said: 'A man among his livestock, who pays what is due on them, and worships his Lord. And a man clutching the head of his horse, terrified of the enemy, and they terrified of him.'" (Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Umm Mubash-shir, Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī and Ibn 'Abbās. This Hadīth is Ḥasan Gharīb from this route. Al-Laith bin Abī Sulaim reported it from Tāwus, from Umm Mālik Al-Bahziyyah from the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

٢١٧٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عِمْرَانُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْقَزَّازُ الْبَصْرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جُحَادَةَ، عَنْ ‌رَجُلٍ ، عَنْ ‌طَاوُسٍ ، عَنْ ‌أُمِّ مَالِكٍ الْبَهْزِيَّةِ، قَالَتْ: «ذَكَرَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِتْنَةً فَقَرَّبَهَا قَالَتْ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ مَنْ خَيْرُ النَّاسِ فِيهَا؟ قَالَ: رَجُلٌ فِي مَاشِيَتِهِ يُؤَدِّي حَقَّهَا وَيَعْبُدُ رَبَّهُ»، وَرَجُلٌ آخِذٌ بِرَأْسِ فَرَسِهِ يُخِيفُ الْعَدُوَّ وَيُخِيفُونَهُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أُمِّ مُبَشِّرٍ، وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ، وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ، وَقَدْ رَوَاهُ اللَّيْثُ بْنُ أَبِي سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أُمِّ مَالِكٍ الْبَهْزِيَّةِ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2177

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2177

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 16

About Restraining The Tongue During Fitnah

Hadith 2178

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2178. 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "There shall be a Fitnah of extermination of the 'Arabs. Its fighters are in the Fire. During it, the tongue is stronger than the sword." (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Gharīb. I heard Muḥammad bin Ismā'īl saying: "We do not know of Ziyāḏ bin Sīmīn Kūsh (a narrator in the chain) other than in this Hadīth." Ḥammad bin Salamah reported it from Laith in Marfū' form, and Ḥammad bin Zaid reported it in Mawqūf form from Laith.

Arabic text

٢١٧٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ مُعَاوِيَةَ الْجُمَحِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ ، عَنْ ‌لَيْثٍ ، عَنْ ‌طَاوُسٍ ، عَنْ ‌زِيَادِ بْنِ سِيمِينَ كُوشَ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «تَكُونُ فِتْنَةٌ تَسْتَنْظِفُ» الْعَرَبُ قَتْلَاهَا فِي النَّارِ، اللِّسَانُ فِيهَا أَشَدُّ مِنَ السَّيْفِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ. سَمِعْتُ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ إِسْمَاعِيلَ يَقُولُ: لَا يُعْرَفُ لِزِيَادِ بْنِ سِيمِينَ كُوشَ غَيْرُ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، رَوَاهُ حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ عَنْ لَيْثٍ فَرَفَعَهُ، وَرَوَاهُ حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ عَنْ لَيْثٍ فَأَوْقَفَهُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2178

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2178

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 17

What Has Been Related About The Disappearance Of Trust

Hadith 2179

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2179. Hudhaifah [bin Al-Yamān] said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ narrated two narrations to us, one of which I have seen (happening) and I am waiting for the other. He narrated that (in the beginning) trust was preserved in the roots of the hearts of men, then the Qur'ān was revealed, and they learned it from the Qur'ān, and then they learned it from the Sunnah. Then he narrated to us about the disappearance of trust, saying, 'A man will go to sleep whereupon trust will be taken away from his heart, and only its trace will remain, like speckles. He then will sleep, whereupon the remainder of the trust will also be taken away and its trace will remain like a blister, like an ember that you roll on your feet, it causes pain and you see it swollen while it contains nothing.' Then he took a pebble and rolled it over his leg. He said: 'So there will come a day when people will deal in business with each other, but there will hardly be any trustworthy persons among them, such that it will be said that in such and such a tribe, there is such and such person, who is honest, and until a man will be admired for his strength, intelligence, and good manners, although indeed he will not have faith equal to a mustard seed in his heart.” He (Hudhaifah) added: “There came upon me a time when I did not mind dealing with anyone of you, for if he was a Muslim, his religion would prevent him from cheating me, and if he was a Jew or a Christian, his Muslim ruler would prevent him from cheating me; but today I cannot deal except with so-and-so and so-and-so.” (Sahih) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Sahih.

Arabic text

٢١٧٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌زَيْدِ بْنِ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ ‌حُذَيْفَةَ بْنِ الْيَمَانِ قَالَ: «حَدَّثَنَا رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَدِيثَيْنِ قَدْ رَأَيْتُ أَحَدَهُمَا وَأَنَا أَنْتَظِرُ الْآخَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَنَّ الْأَمَانَةَ نَزَلَتْ فِي جَذْرِ» قُلُوبِ الرِّجَالِ، ثُمَّ نَزَلَ الْقُرْآنُ فَعَلِمُوا مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ، وَعَلِمُوا مِنَ السُّنَّةِ، ثُمَّ حَدَّثَنَا عَنْ رَفْعِ الْأَمَانَةِ فَقَالَ: يَنَامُ الرَّجُلُ النَّوْمَةَ فَتُقْبَضُ الْأَمَانَةُ مِنْ قَلْبِهِ فَيَظَلُّ أَثَرُهَا مِثْلَ الْوَكْتِ، ثُمَّ يَنَامُ نَوْمَةً فَتُقْبَضُ الْأَمَانَةُ مِنْ قَلْبِهِ فَيَظَلُّ أَثَرُهَا مِثْلَ الْمَجْلِ، كَجَمْرٍ دَحْرَجْتَهُ عَلَى رِجْلِكَ، فَنَفَطَتْ فَتَرَاهُ مُنْتَبِرًا، وَلَيْسَ فِيهِ شَيْءٌ ثُمَّ أَخَذَ حَصَاةً فَدَحْرَجَهَا عَلَى رِجْلِهِ، قَالَ: فَيُصْبِحُ النَّاسُ يَتَبَايَعُونَ لَا يَكَادُ أَحَدُهُمْ يُؤَدِّي الْأَمَانَةَ حَتَّى يُقَالَ: إِنَّ فِي بَنِي فُلَانٍ رَجُلًا أَمِينًا، وَحَتَّى يُقَالَ لِلرَّجُلِ: مَا أَجْلَدَهُ وَأَظْرَفَهُ وَأَعْقَلَهُ وَمَا فِي قَلْبِهِ مِثْقَالُ حَبَّةٍ مِنْ خَرْدَلٍ مِنْ إِيمَانٍ قَالَ: وَلَقَدْ أَتَى عَلَيَّ زَمَانٌ وَمَا أُبَالِي أَيَّكُمْ بَايَعْتُ فِيهِ لَئِنْ كَانَ مُسْلِمًا لَيَرُدَّنَّهُ عَلَيَّ دِينُهُ، وَلَئِنْ كَانَ يَهُودِيًّا أَوْ نَصْرَانِيًّا لَيَرُدَّنَّهُ عَلَيَّ سَاعِيهِ، فَأَمَّا الْيَوْمَ فَمَا كُنْتُ لِأُبَايِعَ مِنْكُمْ إِلَّا فُلَانًا وَفُلَانًا. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2179

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2179

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 18

What Has Been Related About You Shall Follow the Ways Of Those Who Were Before You'

Hadith 2180

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2180. Abū Wāqid Al-Laithī narrated that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ went out to Ḥunain he passed a tree that the idolaters called Dhāt Anwāt upon which they hung their weapons. They (the Companions) said: “O Messenger of Allāh! Make a Dhāt Anwāt for us as they have a Dhāt Anwāt.” The Prophet ﷺ said: “Subḥān Allāh! This is like what Mūsā’s people said: Make for us a god like their gods.[1] By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! You shall follow the ways of those who were before you.” (Ṣaḥīh) Abū ‘Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīh. Abū Wāqid Al-Laithī’s name is Al-Ḥārīth bin ‘Awf. And there are narrations on this topic from Abū Sa‘eed and Abū Hurairah.

Arabic text

٢١٨٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌سَعِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْمَخْزُومِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌سِنَانِ بْنِ أَبِي سِنَانٍ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي وَاقِدٍ اللَّيْثِيِّ «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمَّا خَرَجَ إِلَى حُنَيْنٍ» مَرَّ بِشَجَرَةٍ لِلْمُشْرِكِينَ يُقَالُ لَهَا: ذَاتُ أَنْوَاطٍ يُعَلِّقُونَ عَلَيْهَا أَسْلِحَتَهُمْ، فَقَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، اجْعَلْ لَنَا ذَاتَ أَنْوَاطٍ كَمَا لَهُمْ ذَاتُ أَنْوَاطٍ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: سُبْحَانَ اللهِ، هَذَا كَمَا قَالَ قَوْمُ مُوسَى: {اجْعَلْ لَنَا إِلَهًا كَمَا لَهُمْ آلِهَةٌ}، وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ لَتَرْكَبُنَّ سُنَّةَ مَنْ كَانَ قَبْلَكُمْ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَأَبُو وَاقِدٍ اللَّيْثِيُّ اسْمُهُ الْحَارِثُ بْنُ عَوْفٍ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2180

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2180

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 19

What Has Been Related About Predators Speaking

Hadith 2181

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2181. Abū Sa‘eed Al-Khudrī narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! The Hour will not be established until predators speak to people, and until the tip of a man’s whip and the straps on his sandal speak to him, and his thigh informs him of what occurred with his family after him.” (Ṣaḥīh) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] There is something on this topic from Abū Hurairah. This Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb Sahih, we do not know of it except as a narration of Al-Qāsim bin Al-Faḍl, and Al-Qāsim bin Al-Faḍl is trustworthy and reliable according to the people of Hadīth. Yahya bin Sa'eed Al-Qaṭṭān and 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Mahdī said he was trustworthy.

Arabic text

٢١٨١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ وَكِيعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبِي ، عَنِ ‌الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ الْفَضْلِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو نَضْرَةَ الْعَبْدِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى تُكَلِّمَ السِّبَاعُ» الْإِنْسَ، وَحَتَّى تُكَلِّمَ الرَّجُلَ عَذَبَةُ سَوْطِهِ وَشِرَاكُ نَعْلِهِ، وَتُخْبِرَهُ فَخِذُهُ بِمَا أَحْدَثَ أَهْلُهُ مِنْ بَعْدِهِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ غَرِيبٌ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ الْفَضْلِ. وَالْقَاسِمُ بْنُ الْفَضْلِ ثِقَةٌ مَأْمُونٌ عِنْدَ أَهْلِ الْحَدِيثِ، وَثَّقَهُ يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ وَعَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-A'rāf 7:138.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2181

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2181

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 20

What Has Been Related About The Moon Splitting

Hadith 2182

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2182. Ibn 'Umar said: "The moon split during the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, so the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Bear witness.'" (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Ibn Mas'ūd, Anas, and Jubair bin Mu'tam. This Hadīth is Ḥasan Sahih.

Arabic text

٢١٨٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو دَاوُدَ ، عَنْ ‌شُعْبَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ ‌مُجَاهِدٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَ: «انْفَلَقَ الْقَمَرُ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: اشْهَدُوا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، وَأَنَسٍ، وَجُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2182

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2182

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 21

What Has Been Related About The Earth Swallowing

Hadith 2183

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2183. Hudhaifah bin Asīd said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood over us on a balcony, and we were discussing the Hour. So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'The Hour shall not be established until you see ten signs. The sun rising from its setting place, Ya'jūj and Ma'jūj, the beast of the earth, and three collapses of the earth: A collapse in the east, a collapse in the west, and a collapse in the 'Arabian peninsula. And a fire that comes out of a place within 'Adan, driving the people, or gathering the people, camping where they camp, and resting where they rest.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) (Another chain) with similar, but he added in it: "The smoke." (Another chain) and he added in it: "The Dajjāl or the smoke." (Another chain) and he added in it: "The tenth of them was either a wind that drives them to the sea, or the descent of 'Eisā bin Mariam." [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Alī, Abū Hurairah, Umm Salamah and Ṣafiyyah bint Huyaī. This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢١٨٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌بُنْدَارٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ ، عَنْ ‌فُرَاتٍ الْقَزَّازِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي الطُّفَيْلِ ، عَنْ ‌حُذَيْفَةَ بْنِ أَسِيدٍ قَالَ: «أَشْرَفَ عَلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ غُرْفَةٍ، وَنَحْنُ نَتَذَاكَرُ السَّاعَةَ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى تَرَوْا عَشْرَ آيَاتٍ»؛ طُلُوعَ الشَّمْسِ مِنْ مَغْرِبِهَا، وَيَأْجُوجَ وَمَأْجُوجَ، وَالدَّابَّةَ، وَثَلَاثَةَ خُسُوفٍ: خَسْفٌ بِالْمَشْرِقِ، وَخَسْفٌ بِالْمَغْرِبِ، وَخَسْفٌ بِجَزِيرَةِ الْعَرَبِ، وَنَارٌ تَخْرُجُ مِنْ قَعْرِ عَدَنَ تَسُوقُ النَّاسَ أَوْ تَحْشُرُ النَّاسَ فَتَبِيتُ مَعَهُمْ حَيْثُ بَاتُوا وَتَقِيلُ مَعَهُمْ حَيْثُ قَالُوا. ٢١٨٣ (م ١) - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، عَنْ ‌فُرَاتٍ نَحْوَهُ. وَزَادَ فِيهِ: «الدُّخَانَ». ٢١٨٣ (م ٢) - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ ، عَنْ ‌فُرَاتٍ الْقَزَّازِ نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ وَكِيعٍ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ. ٢١٨٣ (م ٣) - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو دَاوُدَ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌شُعْبَةَ ‌وَالْمَسْعُودِيِّ سَمِعَا مِنْ ‌فُرَاتٍ الْقَزَّازِ نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ فُرَاتٍ، وَزَادَ فِيهِ: «الدَّجَّالَ» أَوِ الدُّخَانَ. ٢١٨٣ (م ٤) - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو مُوسَى مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو النُّعْمَانِ الْحَكَمُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ الْعِجْلِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌شُعْبَةَ ، عَنْ ‌فُرَاتٍ نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ أَبِي دَاوُدَ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ. وَزَادَ فِيهِ: «قَالَ: وَالْعَاشِرَةُ إِمَّا رِيحٌ تَطْرَحُهُمْ فِي الْبَحْرِ، وَإِمَّا نُزُولُ عِيسَى ابْنِ مَرْيَمَ». وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، وَصَفِيَّةَ بِنْتِ حُيَيٍّ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2183

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2183

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2184

DarussalamŠahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2184. Šafiyah narrated "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'The people will not finish attacking this House until it is attacked by an army which, when they are at Al-Baidā', or a Baidā' in the land, it will swallow from the first of them to the last of them, and the middle of them shall not be saved.' I said: 'O Messenger of Allāh ﷺ! What about those among them who are averse to it?' He said: 'Allāh will resurrect them upon what was in their souls (intentions).'" (Šahīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Ḥasan Šahīh.

Arabic text

٢١٨٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ ، عَنْ ‌سَلَمَةَ بْنِ كُهَيْلٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي إِدْرِيسَ الْمُرْهِبِيِّ، عَنْ ‌مُسْلِمِ بْنِ صَفْوَانَ ، عَنْ ‌صَفِيَّةَ قَالَتْ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يَنْتَهِي النَّاسُ عَنْ غَزْوِ هَذَا الْبَيْتِ» حَتَّى يَغْزُوَ جَيْشٌ، حَتَّى إِذَا كَانُوا بِالْبَيْدَاءِ أَوْ بِبَيْدَاءَ مِنَ الْأَرْضِ خُسِفَ بِأَوَّلِهِمْ وَآخِرِهِمْ، وَلَمْ يَنْجُ أَوْسَطُهُمْ. قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، فَمَنْ كَرِهَ مِنْهُمْ، قَالَ: يَبْعَثُهُمُ اللهُ عَلَى مَا فِي أَنْفُسِهِمْ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2184

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2184

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2185

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2185. ‘Aishah narrated “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘In the end of this Ummah there will be a collapse, transformation, and Qadhf.’”[1] She said: “I said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh! Will they be destroyed while there are righteous among them?’ He said: ‘Yes, when evil is dominant.’” (Sahih) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] This Hadith is Gharīb as a narration of ‘Aishah. We do not know of it except through this route, and ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Umar (one of the narrators) was criticized by Yahya bin Sa‘eed due to his poor memory.

Arabic text

٢١٨٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌صَيْفِيُّ بْنُ رِبْعِيٍّ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ ‌عُبَيْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ ، عَنِ ‌الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَكُونُ فِي آخِرِ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ.» قَالَتْ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، أَنَهْلِكُ وَفِينَا الصَّالِحُونَ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ إِذَا ظَهَرَ الْخَبَثُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ حَدِيثِ عَائِشَةَ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ، وَعَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ تَكَلَّمَ فِيهِ يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ مِنْ قِبَلِ حِفْظِهِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2185

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2185

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 22

What Has Been Related About The Sun Rising From Its Setting Position

Hadith 2186

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2186. Abū Dharr said: "I entered the Masjid at sunset, and the Prophet ﷺ was sitting. He said: 'O Abū Dharr! Do you know where this (sun) goes?' I said: 'Allāh and His Messenger know better.' He said: 'Indeed it goes to seek permission to prostrate, so it is permitted. And it is as if it has been said to it:[1] "Rise from whence you came." So it shall rise from its setting place.' Then he[2] recited: 'That is its fixed course.'" He[3] said: "That is the recitation of 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ūd."[4] (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said: There are narrations on this topic from Ṣafwān bin 'Assāl, Ḥudhaifah bin Asīd, Anas and Abū Mūsā. This Ḥadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢١٨٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌إِبْرَاهِيمَ التَّيْمِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي ذَرٍّ قَالَ: «دَخَلْتُ الْمَسْجِدَ حِينَ غَابَتِ الشَّمْسُ، وَالنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَالِسٌ، فَقَالَ: يَا أَبَا ذَرٍّ،» أَتَدْرِي أَيْنَ تَذْهَبُ هَذِهِ؟ قَالَ: قُلْتُ اللهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَعْلَمُ، قَالَ: فَإِنَّهَا تَذْهَبُ تَسْتَأْذِنُ فِي السُّجُودِ فَيُؤْذَنُ لَهَا، وَكَأَنَّهَا قَدْ قِيلَ لَهَا: اطْلُعِي مِنْ حَيْثُ جِئْتِ فَتَطْلُعُ مِنْ مَغْرِبِهَا. قَالَ: ثُمَّ قَرَأَ: (وَذَلِكَ مُسْتَقَرٌّ لَهَا) قَالَ: وَذَلِكَ قِرَاءَةُ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ عَسَّالٍ، وَحُذَيْفَةَ بْنِ أَسِيدٍ، وَأَنَسٍ، وَأَبِي مُوسَى. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2186

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2186

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 23

What Has Been Related About The Coming Out Of Ya'jūj and Ma'jūj

Hadith 2187

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2187. Zainab bint Jahsh said: "One day, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ awoke from sleep with a flushed red face, and said: 'Lā Ilāha illallāh. He repeated it thrice. 'Woe to the Arabs from the evil drawn near. Today a gap has been made in the wall of Ya'jūj and Ma'jūj like this.' And he formed ten (with his fingers)." Zainab said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! Shall we be destroyed while there are righteous among us?' He said: 'Yes, when the evil abounds.'" (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Sahih. Sufyān has done well with this Hadīth. [Al-Humaidī, 'Alī bin Al-Madinī, and more than one of the Huffāz reported it similarly from Sufyān bin 'Uyainah.] Al-Humaidī said: "From Sufyān bin 'Uyainah: 'I remembered that in this chain from Az-Zuhri there were four women: Zainab bint Abī Salamah, from Ḥabībah – and they are step-daughters of the Prophet ﷺ – from Umm Ḥabībah, from Zainab bint Jahsh – two (of the) wives of the Prophet ﷺ.'" Ma'mar reported [and others] reported this Hadīth from Az-Zuhri, but they did not mention: "From Ḥabībah" in it. [Some of the companions of Ibn 'Uyainah reported this Hadīth from Ibn 'Uyainah but they did not mention: "From Umm Ḥabībah" in it].

Arabic text

٢١٨٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌سَعِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْمَخْزُومِيُّ ‌وَأَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ نَافِعٍ ‌وَغَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ ، عَنْ ‌زَيْنَبَ بِنْتِ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ ‌حَبِيبَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أُمِّ حَبِيبَةَ ، عَنْ ‌زَيْنَبَ بِنْتِ جَحْشٍ قَالَتِ: «اسْتَيْقَظَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ نَوْمٍ مُحْمَرًّا وَجْهُهُ، وَهُوَ يَقُولُ: لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللهُ يُرَدِّدُهَا ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ، وَيْلٌ لِلْعَرَبِ» مِنْ شَرٍّ قَدِ اقْتَرَبَ، فُتِحَ الْيَوْمَ مِنْ رَدْمِ يَأْجُوجَ وَمَأْجُوجَ مِثْلُ هَذِهِ، وَعَقَدَ عَشْرًا. قَالَتْ زَيْنَبُ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، أَفَنَهْلِكُ وَفِينَا الصَّالِحُونَ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ إِذَا كَثُرَ الْخَبَثُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ، وَقَدْ جَوَّدَ سُفْيَانُ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ، هَكَذَا رَوَى الْحُمَيْدِيُّ وَعَلِيُّ ابْنُ الْمَدِينِيِّ وَغَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِنَ الْحُفَّاظِ عَنْ سُفْيَانَ بْنِ عُيَيْنَةَ نَحْوَ هَذَا. وَقَالَ الْحُمَيْدِيُّ: قَالَ سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ: حَفِظْتُ مِنَ الزُّهْرِيِّ فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ أَرْبَعَ نِسْوَةٍ؛ زَيْنَبَ بِنْتَ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ حَبِيبَةَ وَهُمَا رَبِيبَتَا النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ أُمِّ حَبِيبَةَ عَنْ زَيْنَبَ بِنْتِ جَحْشٍ زَوْجَيِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَهَكَذَا رَوَى مَعْمَرٌ وَغَيْرُهُ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرُوا فِيهِ عَنْ حَبِيبَةَ، وَقَدْ رَوَى بَعْضُ أَصْحَابِ ابْنِ عُيَيْنَةَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنِ ابْنِ عُيَيْنَةَ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرُوا فِيهِ عَنْ أُمِّ حَبِيبَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2187

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2187

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 24

What Has Been Related About The Description Of The Renegades

Hadith 2188

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2188. 'Abdullāh [bin Mas'ūd] narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "In the end of time there will come a people young in years, foolish in minds, reciting the Qur'ān which will not go beyond their throats, uttering sayings from the best of creatures, going through the religion as an arrow goes through the target." (Saḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Alī, Abū Sa'eed and Abū Dharr. [And] this Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Saḥīḥ. The description of these people – who recite the Qur'ān which will not go beyond their throats, going through the religion as an arrow goes through the target – has been reported from the Prophet ﷺ in other than this Ḥadīth, and they are the Ḥarūriyah Khawārij, and others from the Khawārij.

Arabic text

٢١٨٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَاصِمٍ ، عَنْ ‌زِرٍّ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَخْرُجُ فِي آخِرِ الزَّمَانِ قَوْمٌ أَحْدَاثُ الْأَسْنَانِ سُفَهَاءُ الْأَحْلَامِ» يَقْرَءُونَ الْقُرْآنَ لَا يُجَاوِزُ تَرَاقِيَهُمْ، يَقُولُونَ مِنْ قَوْلِ خَيْرِ الْبَرِيَّةِ يَمْرُقُونَ مِنَ الدِّينِ كَمَا يَمْرُقُ السَّهْمُ مِنَ الرَّمِيَّةِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ، وَأَبِي ذَرٍّ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ فِي غَيْرِ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، حَيْثُ وَصَفَ هَؤُلَاءِ الْقَوْمَ الَّذِينَ يَقْرَءُونَ الْقُرْآنَ لَا يُجَاوِزُ تَرَاقِيَهُمْ يَمْرُقُونَ مِنَ الدِّينِ كَمَا يَمْرُقُ السَّهْمُ مِنَ الرَّمِيَّةِ، إِنَّمَا هُمُ الْخَوَارِجُ وَالْحَرُورِيَّةُ وَغَيْرُهُمْ مِنَ الْخَوَارِجِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2188

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2188

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 25

What Has Been Related About Preferential Treatment

Hadith 2189

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2189. Usaid bin Ḥuṣair said: "A man from the Anṣār said, 'O Messenger of Allāh! You appointed so-and-so and did not appoint me. So, the Prophet ﷺ said, 'After me you will see preferential treatment, so be patient till you meet me at Al-Hawd.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢١٨٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو دَاوُدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شُعْبَةُ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَنَسُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ ، عَنْ ‌أُسَيْدِ بْنِ حُضَيْرٍ، «أَنَّ رَجُلًا مِنَ الْأَنْصَارِ» قَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، اسْتَعْمَلْتَ فُلَانًا وَلَمْ تَسْتَعْمِلْنِي، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: إِنَّكُمْ سَتَرَوْنَ بَعْدِي أَثَرَةً فَاصْبِرُوا حَتَّى تَلْقَوْنِي عَلَى الْحَوْضِ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2189

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2189

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2190

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2190. 'Abdullāh narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Indeed, after me you will see preferential treatment, and matters that you dislike." They said: "Then what do you command us [O Messenger of Allāh!]" He said: "Give them their rights, and ask Allāh for yours.” (Sahih) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] This Ḥadīth is Hasan Ṣahīh.

Arabic text

٢١٩٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌زَيْدِ بْنِ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّكُمْ سَتَرَوْنَ بَعْدِي أَثَرَةً» وَأُمُورًا تُنْكِرُونَهَا، قَالُوا: فَمَا تَأْمُرُنَا يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ؟ قَالَ: أَدُّوا إِلَيْهِمْ حَقَّهُمْ وَسَلُوا اللهَ الَّذِي لَكُمْ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2190

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2190

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 26

What The Prophet ﷺ Informed His Companions Would Occur Until The Day Of Resurrection

Hadith 2191

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2191. Abū Sa‘eed Al-Khudrī said: "One day, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ lead us in Ṣalāt Al-‘Aṣr while it was still daytime. Then he stood to give us a Khuṭbah. He did not leave anything that would happen until the Hour of Judgement except that he informed us about it. Whoever remembered it remembered it, and whoever forgot it forgot it. Among what he said was: 'Indeed the world is green and sweet, and indeed Allāh has left you to remain to see how you behave. So beware of the world, and beware of women.' And among what he said was: 'The awe (status) of people should not prevent a man from saying the truth when he knows it.'" He (one of the narrators) said: "Abū Sa‘eed wept, then he said: 'By Allāh! We have seen things and we feared.'" "And among what he said in it, was: 'Indeed, for every treacherous person there shall be a banner erected on the Day of Resurrection in proportion to his treachery. And there is no treachery greater than the treachery of a leader to the masses' whose banner shall be positioned at his buttocks.' And among what we remember from that day is: 'Behold! Indeed the children of Ādam were created in various classes. Among them is he who was born a believer, lives as a believer, and dies a believer. Among them, is he who was born a disbeliever, lives as a disbeliever, and dies a disbeliever. Among them, is he who was born a believer, lives as a believer, and dies a disbeliever. Among them, is he who was born a disbeliever, lives as a disbeliever, and dies a believer. Behold! Among them is the slow to get angry, the quick to calm. Among them is the quick anger and the quick to calm, so this is with that.[1] Behold! Among them is the quick get angry and the slow to calm, and indeed the best of them is the slow get angry and the quick to calm, and the worst of them is the quick get angry and the slow to calm. Behold! Among them is he who pays back well and collects well. Among them is he who is bad with paying back and good when collecting. Among them is he who pays back well and is bad with collecting, so this is with that. Behold! Among them is he who is bad with paying back and bad with collecting. Indeed the best of them is the one who is good in paying back and good in collecting. And the worst of them is the one who is bad with paying back and bad with collecting. Behold! Anger is an ember in the heart of the son of Ādam, as you see it in the redness of his eyes and the bulge of his jugular veins. So whoever senses something from that, then let him cling to the ground.”[1] He said: “So we began turning toward the sun to see if anything of it remained (meaning whether it has set or not). So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘Behold! The world, in relation to what has passed of it, shall not remain except as what remains of this day of yours, in relation to what has passed of it.’” (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Al-Mughīrah bin Shu'bah, Abū Zaid bin Akhṭab, Hudhaifah and Abū Mariam. They mentioned that: “The Prophet ﷺ narrated to them about what would be until the Hour was established.” And this Hadīth is Hasan [Ṣaḥīḥ].

Arabic text

٢١٩١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عِمْرَانُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْقَزَّازُ الْبَصْرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ زَيْدِ بْنِ جُدْعَانَ الْقُرَشِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ قَالَ: «صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمًا صَلَاةَ الْعَصْرِ بِنَهَارٍ، ثُمَّ قَامَ خَطِيبًا فَلَمْ يَدَعْ شَيْئًا يَكُونُ إِلَى قِيَامِ السَّاعَةِ إِلَّا أَخْبَرَنَا بِهِ، حَفِظَهُ مَنْ حَفِظَهُ وَنَسِيَهُ مَنْ نَسِيَهُ، وَكَانَ فِيمَا قَالَ: إِنَّ الدُّنْيَا حُلْوَةٌ خَضِرَةٌ» وَإِنَّ اللهَ مُسْتَخْلِفُكُمْ فِيهَا، فَنَاظِرٌ كَيْفَ تَعْمَلُونَ، أَلَا فَاتَّقُوا الدُّنْيَا وَاتَّقُوا النِّسَاءَ. وَكَانَ فِيمَا قَالَ: أَلَا لَا يَمْنَعَنَّ رَجُلًا هَيْبَةُ النَّاسِ أَنْ يَقُولَ بِحَقٍّ إِذَا عَلِمَهُ. قَالَ: فَبَكَى أَبُو سَعِيدٍ، وَقَالَ: قَدْ وَاللهِ رَأَيْنَا أَشْيَاءَ فَهِبْنَا، فَكَانَ فِيمَا قَالَ: أَلَا إِنَّهُ يُنْصَبُ لِكُلِّ غَادِرٍ لِوَاءٌ يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ بِقَدْرِ غَدْرَتِهِ، وَلَا غَدْرَةَ أَعْظَمُ مِنْ غَدْرَةِ إِمَامِ عَامَّةٍ، يُرْكَزُ لِوَاؤُهُ عِنْدَ اسْتِهِ فَكَانَ فِيمَا حَفِظْنَا يَوْمَئِذٍ: أَلَا إِنَّ بَنِي آدَمَ خُلِقُوا عَلَى طَبَقَاتٍ شَتَّى، فَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ يُولَدُ مُؤْمِنًا وَيَحْيَا مُؤْمِنًا وَيَمُوتُ مُؤْمِنًا، وَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ يُولَدُ كَافِرًا وَيَحْيَا كَافِرًا وَيَمُوتُ كَافِرًا، وَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ يُولَدُ مُؤْمِنًا وَيَحْيَا مُؤْمِنًا وَيَمُوتُ كَافِرًا، وَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ يُولَدُ كَافِرًا وَيَحْيَا كَافِرًا وَيَمُوتُ مُؤْمِنًا، أَلَا وَإِنَّ مِنْهُمُ الْبَطِيءَ الْغَضَبِ سَرِيعَ الْفَيْءِ، وَمِنْهُمْ سَرِيعُ الْغَضَبِ سَرِيعُ الْفَيْءِ، فَتِلْكَ بِتِلْكَ، أَلَا وَإِنَّ مِنْهُمْ سَرِيعَ الْغَضَبِ بَطِيءَ الْفَيْءِ، أَلَا وَخَيْرُهُمْ بَطِيءُ الْغَضَبِ سَرِيعُ الْفَيْءِ، أَلَا وَشَرُّهُمْ سَرِيعُ الْغَضَبِ بَطِيءُ الْفَيْءِ، أَلَا وَإِنَّ مِنْهُمْ حَسَنَ الْقَضَاءِ حَسَنَ الطَّلَبِ، وَمِنْهُمْ سَيِّئُ الْقَضَاءِ حَسَنُ الطَّلَبِ، وَمِنْهُمْ حَسَنُ الْقَضَاءِ سَيِّئُ الطَّلَبِ فَتِلْكَ بِتِلْكَ، أَلَا وَإِنَّ مِنْهُمُ السَّيِّئَ الْقَضَاءِ السَّيِّئَ الطَّلَبِ، أَلَا وَخَيْرُهُمُ الْحَسَنُ الْقَضَاءِ الْحَسَنُ الطَّلَبِ، أَلَا وَشَرُّهُمْ سَيِّئُ الْقَضَاءِ سَيِّئُ الطَّلَبِ، أَلَا وَإِنَّ الْغَضَبَ جَمْرَةٌ فِي قَلْبِ ابْنِ آدَمَ، أَمَا رَأَيْتُمْ إِلَى حُمْرَةِ عَيْنَيْهِ وَانْتِفَاخِ أَوْدَاجِهِ، فَمَنْ أَحَسَّ بِشَيْءٍ مِنْ ذَلِكَ فَلْيَلْصَقْ بِالْأَرْضِ قَالَ: وَجَعَلْنَا نَلْتَفِتُ إِلَى الشَّمْسِ هَلْ بَقِيَ مِنْهَا شَيْءٌ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: أَلَا إِنَّهُ لَمْ يَبْقَ مِنَ الدُّنْيَا فِيمَا مَضَى مِنْهَا إِلَّا كَمَا بَقِيَ مِنْ يَوْمِكُمْ هَذَا فِيمَا مَضَى مِنْهُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، وَأَبِي مَرْيَمَ، وَأَبِي زَيْدِ بْنِ أَخْطَبَ، وَالْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ، وَذَكَرُوا أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَدَّثَهُمْ بِمَا هُوَ كَائِنٌ إِلَى أَنْ تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, equal. See Tuhfat Al-Ahwadhi.

1 [1] Meaning, abate his anger. See Tuhfat Al-Ahwadhi.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2191

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2191

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 27

What Has Been Related About The Inhabitants Of Ash-Shām

Hadith 2192

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2192. Mu'āwiyah bin Qurrah narrated from his father that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When the inhabitants of Ash-Shām become corrupt, then there is no good in it[1] for you. There will never cease to be a group in my Ummah who will be helped (by Allāh), they will not be harmed by those who forsake them until the Hour is established." Muḥammad bin Ismā'īl said: "Alī bin Al-Madīnī said: 'They are the people of Hadīth.'" (Sahīh) [Abū 'Eīsā said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Abdullāh bin Ḥawālah, Ibn 'Umar, Zaid bin Thābit, and 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr. This Hadīth is Hasan Sahīh. (Another chain) Bahz bin Ḥakīm narrated from his father, from his grandfather, who said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allāh ﷺ! Where do you command me?' He said: ‘There.’ And he ﷺ motioned with his hand toward Ash-Shām. [Abū ‘Eisā said:] This Ḥadīth is صحيح. [قَالَ أَبُو عِيسَى: [هذا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Arabic text

٢١٩٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو دَاوُدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شُعْبَةُ ، عَنْ ‌مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ قُرَّةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا فَسَدَ أَهْلُ الشَّامِ» فَلَا خَيْرَ فِيكُمْ، لَا تَزَالُ طَائِفَةٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي مَنْصُورِينَ لَا يَضُرُّهُمْ مَنْ خَذَلَهُمْ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ. قَالَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ: قَالَ عَلِيُّ ابْنُ الْمَدِينِيِّ: هُمْ أَصْحَابُ الْحَدِيثِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ حَوَالَةَ، وَابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَزَيْدِ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. ٢١٩٢ (م) - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌بَهْزُ بْنُ حَكِيمٍ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌جَدِّهِ قَالَ: «قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، أَيْنَ تَأْمُرُنِي؟ قَالَ: هَاهُنَا وَنَحَا بِيَدِهِ نَحْوَ الشَّامِ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Footnotes

1 [1] See Tuhfat Al-Ahwadhi.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2192

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2192

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 28

What Has Been Related About “Do Not Revert To Disbelief After Me, Some Of You Striking The Necks Of Others”

Hadith 2193

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2193. Ibn ‘Abbās narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Do not revert to disbelief[1] after me, some of you striking the necks of others.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from ‘Abdullāh bin Mas’ūd, Jarīr, Ibn ‘Umar, Kurz bin ‘Alqamah, Wāthilah bin Al-Asqa’, and Aṣ-Ṣunābiḥi. This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢١٩٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو حَفْصٍ عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌فُضَيْلُ بْنُ غَزْوَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عِكْرِمَةُ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَرْجِعُوا بَعْدِي كُفَّارًا» يَضْرِبُ بَعْضُكُمْ رِقَابَ بَعْضٍ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، وَجَرِيرٍ، وَابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَكُرْزِ بْنِ عَلْقَمَةَ، وَوَاثِلَةَ، وَالصُّنَابِحِيِّ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Being like them in actions. Tuhfat Al-Ahwadhi.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2193

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2193

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 29

What Has Been Related About 'There Will Be A Fitnah In Which The One Sitting Is Better Than The Standing'

Hadith 2194

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2194. Busr bin Sa'eed said: During the Fitnah (in the time) of 'Uthmān bin 'Affān, Sa'd bin Abī Waqqāsh said: "I testify that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'There will be a Fitnah during which the sitting person is better than the standing, the standing (person) is better than the walking, and the walking (person) is better than the running.'" He said: "What do you see (I should do) if he entered upon me in my home and extended his hand to kill me? He said: 'Be as Ādam's son.'"[1] (Sahīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Hurairah, Khabbāb bin Al-Aratt, Abū Bakrah, Ibn Mas'ūd, Abū Wāqid, Abū Mūsā, and Kharashah. This Hadīth is Hasan. Some of them reported this Hadīth from Al-Laith bin Sa'd in which he added a narrator (in the chain). [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth has been reported from Sa'd from the Prophet ﷺ, through routes other than this.

Arabic text

٢١٩٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ ‌عَيَّاشِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ ، عَنْ ‌بُكَيْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ الْأَشَجِّ ، عَنْ ‌بُسْرِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، «أَنَّ» ‌سَعْدَ بْنَ أَبِي وَقَّاصٍ قَالَ عِنْدَ فِتْنَةِ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَفَّانَ: أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: إِنَّهَا سَتَكُونُ فِتْنَةٌ الْقَاعِدُ فِيهَا خَيْرٌ مِنَ الْقَائِمِ، وَالْقَائِمُ خَيْرٌ مِنَ الْمَاشِي، وَالْمَاشِي خَيْرٌ مِنَ السَّاعِي قَالَ: أَفَرَأَيْتَ إِنْ دَخَلَ عَلَيَّ بَيْتِي وَبَسَطَ يَدَهُ إِلَيَّ لِيَقْتُلَنِي؟ قَالَ: كُنْ كَابْنِ آدَمَ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَخَبَّابِ بْنِ الْأَرَتِّ، وَأَبِي بَكْرَةَ، وَابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، وَأَبِي وَاقِدٍ، وَأَبِي مُوسَى، وَخَرَشَةَ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ، وَرَوَى بَعْضُهُمْ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنِ اللَّيْثِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، وَزَادَ فِي هَذَا الْإِسْنَادِ رَجُلًا. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ عَنْ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ غَيْرِ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ.

Footnotes

1 [1] See Al-Mā'idah 5:28, and Sunan Abū Dāwūd: The Book Of Fitn and Malāhim.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2194

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2194

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 30

What Has Been Related About 'There Will Be A Fitnah Like A Portion Of The Dark Night'

Hadith 2195

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2195. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Rush to do good deeds. A Fitnah will occur that is like a portion of the dark night, morning will come upon a man as a believer, who will be a disbeliever in the evening, and evening will come upon a believer, who will be a disbeliever in the morning. One of them will sell his religion for goods of the world." (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadith is Hasan Sahih.

Arabic text

٢١٩٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «بَادِرُوا بِالْأَعْمَالِ فِتَنًا كَقِطَعِ» اللَّيْلِ الْمُظْلِمِ، يُصْبِحُ الرَّجُلُ مُؤْمِنًا وَيُمْسِي كَافِرًا، وَيُمْسِي مُؤْمِنًا وَيُصْبِحُ كَافِرًا، يَبِيعُ دِينَهُ بِعَرَضٍ مِنَ الدُّنْيَا. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2195

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2195

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2196

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2196. Umm Salamah narrated: "One night the Prophet ﷺ awoke and said, 'Subhān Allāh! How many Fitan (trials and afflictions) have descended tonight, and how many treasures have been disclosed? Who will awaken the women sleeping in these dwellings? O! How many are clothed in this world, yet naked in the Hereafter.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢١٩٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مَعْمَرٌ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ ‌هِنْدَ بِنْتِ الْحَارِثِ ، عَنْ ‌أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ اسْتَيْقَظَ لَيْلَةً فَقَالَ: سُبْحَانَ اللهِ مَاذَا أُنْزِلَ اللَّيْلَةَ مِنَ الْفِتْنَةِ»، مَاذَا أُنْزِلَ مِنَ الْخَزَائِنِ، مَنْ يُوقِظُ صَوَاحِبَ الْحُجُرَاتِ، يَا رُبَّ كَاسِيَةٍ فِي الدُّنْيَا عَارِيَةٍ فِي الْآخِرَةِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2196

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2196

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2197

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2197. Anas bin Mālik narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Before the Hour there shall be Fitan like a portion of the dark night. Morning will come upon a man as a believer, who will be a disbeliever in the evening, and evening will come upon a believer, who will be a disbeliever in the morning, people will sell their religion for goods of the world.” (Hasan) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Hurairah, Jundab, An-Nu‘mān bin Bashīr and Abū Mūsā. This Hadīth is Gharīb from this route.

Arabic text

٢١٩٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ ‌سَعْدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «تَكُونُ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ فِتَنٌ كَقِطَعِ» اللَّيْلِ الْمُظْلِمِ، يُصْبِحُ الرَّجُلُ فِيهَا مُؤْمِنًا وَيُمْسِي كَافِرًا، وَيُمْسِي مُؤْمِنًا وَيُصْبِحُ كَافِرًا، يَبِيعُ أَقْوَامٌ دِينَهُمْ بِعَرَضٍ مِنَ الدُّنْيَا. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَجُنْدُبٍ، وَالنُّعْمَانِ بْنِ بَشِيرٍ، وَأَبِي مُوسَى. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2197

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2197

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2198

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2198. Hishām narrated that Al-Hasan would say about the Hadīth "Morning will come upon a man as a believer, who will be a disbeliever in the evening, and evening will come upon a believer, who will be a disbeliever in the morning" – he said: "Morning would come [upon a man] while his brother's blood, honor and wealth was sacred, and when evening would come, he would consider it lawful for him. And evening would come while his brother's blood, honor and wealth was sacred, and when morning would come, he would consider it lawful for him." (Da'if)

Arabic text

٢١٩٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌صَالِحُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌جَعْفَرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ ، عَنْ ‌هِشَامٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْحَسَنِ قَالَ: «كَانَ يَقُولُ فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ يُصْبِحُ الرَّجُلُ مُؤْمِنًا وَيُمْسِي كَافِرًا، وَيُمْسِي مُؤْمِنًا وَيُصْبِحُ كَافِرًا قَالَ: يُصْبِحُ الرَّجُلُ مُحَرِّمًا لِدَمِ أَخِيهِ وَعِرْضِهِ» وَمَالِهِ وَيُمْسِي مُسْتَحِلًّا لَهُ، وَيُمْسِي مُحَرِّمًا لِدَمِ أَخِيهِ وَعِرْضِهِ وَمَالِهِ وَيُصْبِحُ مُسْتَحِلًّا لَهُ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2198

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2198

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2199

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2199. 'Alqamah bin Wā'il bin Ḥujr narrated from his father: "I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ while a man was asking him: 'What do you see that we should do if there are leaders over us who deny our rights, while they seek their rights?' So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Listen and obey, for only they are responsible for their burdens, and only you are responsible for your burdens.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢١٩٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْخَلَّالُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌شُعْبَةُ ، عَنْ ‌سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَلْقَمَةَ بْنِ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ قَالَ: «سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَرَجُلٌ سَأَلَهُ فَقَالَ: أَرَأَيْتَ إِنْ كَانَ عَلَيْنَا أُمَرَاءُ يَمْنَعُونَا حَقَّنَا، وَيَسْأَلُونَا حَقَّهُمْ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: اسْمَعُوا وَأَطِيعُوا، فَإِنَّمَا عَلَيْهِمْ مَا حُمِّلُوا» وَعَلَيْكُمْ مَا حُمِّلْتُمْ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2199

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2199

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 31

What Has Been Related About Al-Harj (And Performing Worship During It)

Hadith 2200

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2200. Abū Mūsā narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Indeed after you there will be days in which knowledge shall be raised up and Al-Harj shall abound." They said: "O Messenger of Allāh ﷺ! What is Al-Harj?" He said: "Killing." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Hurairah, Khālid bin Al-Walid and Ma'qil bin Yasār. This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٠٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌شَقِيقِ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي مُوسَى قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ مِنْ وَرَائِكُمْ أَيَّامًا يُرْفَعُ فِيهَا الْعِلْمُ وَيَكْثُرُ فِيهَا الْهَرْجُ»، قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ مَا الْهَرْجُ؟ قَالَ: الْقَتْلُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَخَالِدِ بْنِ الْوَلِيدِ، وَمَعْقِلِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2200

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2200

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2201

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2201. Ma'qil bin Yasār narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Worship during Al-Harj is like Hijrah to me." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Ṣaḥīḥ Gharīb, we only know of it as a narration of [Ḥammad bin Zaid], from Al-Mu'allā bin Ziyād.

Arabic text

٢٢٠١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْمُعَلَّى بْنِ زِيَادٍ رَدَّهُ إِلَى ‌مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ قُرَّةَ رَدَّهُ إِلَى ‌مَعْقِلِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ رَدَّهُ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «الْعِبَادَةُ فِي الْهَرْجِ» كَالْهِجْرَةِ إِلَيَّ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ غَرِيبٌ، إِنَّمَا نَعْرِفُهُ مِنْ حَدِيثِ حَمَّادِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ عَنِ الْمُعَلَّى .

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2201

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2201

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 32

The Hadīth: "When The Sword Is Imposed On My Ummah, It Shall Not Be Removed From It Until The Day Of Resurrection."

Hadith 2202

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2202. Thawbān narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When the sword is imposed on my Ummah, it shall not be removed from it until the Day of Resurrection." (Ṣaḥīḥ)[Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is [Hasan] Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٠٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَيُّوبَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي أَسْمَاءَ ، عَنْ ‌ثَوْبَانَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا وُضِعَ السَّيْفُ فِي أُمَّتِي لَمْ يُرْفَعْ عَنْهَا إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ» هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2202

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2202

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 33

What Has Been Related About Taking A Sword of Wood (During Fitnah)

Hadith 2203

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2203. 'Udaisah bint Uhbān bin Ṣafī Al-Ghifārī said: "Alī bin Abī Tālīb came to my father to call him to go out (to fight) with him. My father said to him: 'Indeed my beloved, the son of your paternal uncle, made a covenant with me, that when the people differ, to take a sword of wood. So I have resigned it, if you wish I will take it out with you.' She said: 'So he left him.'" (Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There is something on this topic from Muḥammad bin Maslamah, and this Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb, we do not know of it except as a narration of 'Umar bin 'Ubaid.

Arabic text

٢٢٠٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌عُدَيْسَةَ بِنْتِ أُهْبَانَ بْنِ صَيْفِيٍّ الْغِفَارِيِّ قَالَتْ: «جَاءَ عَلِيُّ بْنُ أَبِي طَالِبٍ» إِلَى أَبِي فَدَعَاهُ إِلَى الْخُرُوجِ مَعَهُ، فَقَالَ لَهُ ‌أَبِي : إِنَّ خَلِيلِي وَابْنَ عَمِّكَ عَهِدَ إِلَيَّ إِذَا اخْتَلَفَ النَّاسُ أَنْ أَتَّخِذَ سَيْفًا مِنْ خَشَبٍ فَقَدِ اتَّخَذْتُهُ، فَإِنْ شِئْتَ خَرَجْتُ بِهِ مَعَكَ، قَالَتْ: فَتَرَكَهُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مَسْلَمَةَ، وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2203

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2203

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2204

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2204. Abū Mūsā narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said, about the Fitnah: "Break your bows during it, cut their strings, and stick to the depths of your homes, and be like Ādam's son." (Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb Ṣaḥīḥ. 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Tharwān (a narrator in the chain) is Abū Qais Al-Awdī.

Arabic text

٢٢٠٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سَهْلُ بْنُ حَمَّادٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَمَّامٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جُحَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ ثَرْوَانَ ، عَنْ ‌هُزَيْلِ بْنِ شُرَحْبِيلَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي مُوسَى، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَنَّهُ قَالَ فِي الْفِتْنَةِ: كَسِّرُوا فِيهَا قِسِيَّكُمْ،» وَقَطِّعُوا فِيهَا أَوْتَارَكُمْ، وَالْزَمُوا فِيهَا أَجْوَافَ بُيُوتِكُمْ، وَكُونُوا كَابْنِ آدَمَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ. وَعَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ ثَرْوَانَ هُوَ أَبُو قَيْسٍ الْأَوْدِيُّ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2204

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2204

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 34

What Has Been Related About The Signs Of The Hour

Hadith 2205

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2205. Anas bin Mālik said: "I shall narrate a Hadīth to you that I heard from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, which none after me shall narrate that he heard it from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ." [He said:] "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Indeed, among the signs of the Hour are that knowledge shall be raised up, ignorance shall be rampant, Zinā shall abound, Khamr shall be drunk, women shall increase and men shall decrease such that fifty women will be supported by one man.' (Saḥīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Mūsā and Abū Hurairah. And this Hadīth is Hasan Saḥīh.

Arabic text

٢٢٠٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌النَّضْرُ بْنُ شُمَيْلٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شُعْبَةُ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: أُحَدِّثُكُمْ حَدِيثًا سَمِعْتُهُ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَا يُحَدِّثُكُمْ أَحَدٌ بَعْدِي أَنَّهُ سَمِعَهُ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ أَنْ يُرْفَعَ الْعِلْمُ وَيَظْهَرَ الْجَهْلُ،» وَيَفْشُوَ الزِّنَا، وَتُشْرَبَ الْخَمْرُ، وَيَكْثُرَ النِّسَاءُ، وَيَقِلَّ الرِّجَالُ، حَتَّى يَكُونَ لِخَمْسِينَ امْرَأَةً قَيِّمٌ وَاحِدٌ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2205

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2205

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 35

Something Else: There Shall Not Come A Time Except That The One After It Is More Evil Than It

Hadith 2206

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2206. Az-Zubair bin 'Adī said: "We entered upon Anas bin Mālik. We complained to him about what we were experiencing from Al-Ḥajjāj. So he said: "There will not be a year, except that the one that is after it will be more evil than it, until you meet your Lord. I heard this from your Prophet ﷺ." (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٠٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ، عَنِ ‌الزُّبَيْرِ بْنِ عَدِيٍّ قَالَ: «دَخَلْنَا عَلَى ‌أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: فَشَكَوْنَا إِلَيْهِ مَا نَلْقَى مِنَ الْحَجَّاجِ،» فَقَالَ: مَا مِنْ عَامٍ إِلَّا وَالَّذِي بَعْدَهُ شَرٌّ مِنْهُ حَتَّى تَلْقَوْا رَبَّكُمْ. سَمِعْتُ هَذَا مِنْ نَبِيِّكُمْ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2206

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2206

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2207

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2207. Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The Hour will not be established until: 'Allāh, Allāh' is not said on the earth." (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan. (Another chain) from Anas which is similar, but it is not Marfū', and this is more correct than the first Ḥadīth.

Arabic text

٢٢٠٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ ، عَنْ ‌حُمَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى لَا يُقَالَ فِي الْأَرْضِ: اللهُ اللهُ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ. ٢٢٠٧ (م) - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ عَنْ ‌حُمَيْدٍ عَنْ ‌أَنَسٍ نَحْوَهُ، وَلَمْ يَرْفَعْهُ. وَهَذَا أَصَحُّ مِنَ الْحَدِيثِ الْأَوَّلِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2207

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2207

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 36

Something Else: The Earth Expelling The Treasures That Are Inside Of It

Hadith 2208

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2208. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The earth will throw out pieces of its liver (in sides): liver; gold and silver will come out like columns." He said: "A thief will come and say: 'For this my hands were amputated?' A murderer will come and say: 'For this I killed?' One who severed ties of kinship will come and say: 'For this I severed the ties of kinship?' Then they will leave it without taking anything from it." (Saḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan [Saḥīḥ] Gharīb, we do not know of it except from this route.

Arabic text

٢٢٠٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَاصِلُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى الْكُوفِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «تَقِيءُ» الْأَرْضُ أَفْلَاذَ كَبِدِهَا، أَمْثَالَ الْأُسْطُوَانِ مِنَ الذَّهَبِ وَالْفِضَّةِ، قَالَ: فَيَجِيءُ السَّارِقُ فَيَقُولُ: فِي مِثْلِ هَذَا قُطِعَتْ يَدِي، وَيَجِيءُ الْقَاتِلُ فَيَقُولُ: فِي هَذَا قَتَلْتُ، وَيَجِيءُ الْقَاطِعُ فَيَقُولُ: فِي هَذَا قَطَعْتُ رَحِمِي، ثُمَّ يَدَعُونَهُ فَلَا يَأْخُذُونَ مِنْهُ شَيْئًا. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ. لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2208

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2208

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 37

Something Else: The Happiest Of People Will Be Luka' Bin Luka'

Hadith 2209

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2209. Ḥudhaifah bin Al-Yamān narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka'.[1] (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan [Sahīh] Gharīb, we only know of it as a narration of 'Amr bin Abī 'Amr.

Arabic text

٢٢٠٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ أَبِي عَمْرٍو ح، وَحَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ أَبِي عَمْرٍو ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ وَهُوَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ الْأَشْهَلِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌حُذَيْفَةَ بْنِ الْيَمَانِ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ أَسْعَدَ النَّاسِ بِالدُّنْيَا لُكَعُ» بْنُ لُكَعَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ، إِنَّمَا نَعْرِفُهُ مِنْ حَدِيثِ عَمْرِو بْنِ أَبِي عَمْرٍو.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2209

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2209

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 38

What Has Been Related About The Signs Of The Occurrence Of The Transformation And The Collapse Of The Earth

Hadith 2210

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2210. 'Alī bin Abī Tālib narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When my Ummah does fifteen things, the afflictions will occur in it." It was said: "What are they O Messenger of Allāh?" He said: "When Al-Maghnam (the spoils of war) are distributed (preferentially), trust is usurped, Zakāh is a fine, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is kind to his friend and abandons his father, voices are raised in the Masājid, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, intoxicants are drunk, silk is worn (by males), there is a fascination for singing slave-girls and music, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning. When that occurs, anticipate a red wind, collapsing of the earth, and transformation.” (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Gharīb we do not know of it as a narration of 'Alī [bin Abī Tālib] except through this route. We do not know anyone who reported this Hadīth from Yaḥya bin Sa'eed Al-Anṣārī other than Al-Faraj bin Faḍālah. [And Al-Faraj bin Faḍālah] was criticized by some of the scholars of Hadīth and graded weak, due to his poor memory. Wakī' and others among the A'immah reported from him.

Arabic text

٢٢١٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌صَالِحُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ التِّرْمِذِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْفَرَجُ بْنُ فَضَالَةَ أَبُو فَضَالَةَ الشَّامِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَلِيٍّ ، عَنْ ‌عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا فَعَلَتْ أُمَّتِي خَمْسَ عَشْرَةَ خَصْلَةً» حَلَّ بِهَا الْبَلَاءُ فَقِيلَ: وَمَا هُنَّ يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ؟ قَالَ: إِذَا كَانَ الْمَغْنَمُ دُوَلًا، وَالْأَمَانَةُ مَغْنَمًا، وَالزَّكَاةُ مَغْرَمًا، وَأَطَاعَ الرَّجُلُ زَوْجَتَهُ وَعَقَّ أُمَّهُ، وَبَرَّ صَدِيقَهُ وَجَفَا أَبَاهُ، وَارْتَفَعَتِ الْأَصْوَاتُ فِي الْمَسَاجِدِ، وَكَانَ زَعِيمُ الْقَوْمِ أَرْذَلَهُمْ، وَأُكْرِمَ الرَّجُلُ مَخَافَةَ شَرِّهِ، وَشُرِبَتِ الْخُمُورُ، وَلُبِسَ الْحَرِيرُ، وَاتُّخِذَتِ الْقَيْنَاتُ وَالْمَعَازِفُ، وَلَعَنَ آخِرُ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ أَوَّلَهَا، فَلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عِنْدَ ذَلِكَ رِيحًا حَمْرَاءَ أَوْ خَسْفًا وَمَسْخًا. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ لَا نَعْرِفُهُ مِنْ حَدِيثِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ إِلَّا مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ، وَلَا نَعْلَمُ أَحَدًا رَوَاهُ عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ غَيْرَ الْفَرَجِ بْنِ فَضَالَةَ. وَالْفَرَجُ بْنُ فَضَالَةَ قَدْ تَكَلَّمَ فِيهِ بَعْضُ أَهْلِ الْحَدِيثِ، وَضَعَّفَهُ مِنْ قِبَلِ حِفْظِهِ. وَقَدْ رَوَاهُ عَنْهُ وَكِيعٌ وَغَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِنَ الْأَئِمَّةِ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, "foolish the son of foolish" or, "disgraceful the son of disgraceful" etc.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2210

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2210

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2211

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2211. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “When Al-Faī is distributed (preferentially), trust is a spoil of war, Zakāt is a fine, knowledge is sought for other than the (sake of the) religion, a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother, he is close to his friend and far from his father, voices are raised in the Masājid, tribes are led by their wicked, the leader of the people is the most despicable among them, the most honored man is the one whose evil the people are afraid of, singing slave-girls and music spread, intoxicants are drunk, and the end of this Ummah curses its beginning – then anticipate a red wind, earthquake, collapsing of the earth, transformation, Qadhf, and the signs follow in succession like gems of a necklace whose string is cut and so they fall in succession.” (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There is a narration on this topic from 'Ali, and this Hadith is Gharib, we do not know of it except through this route.

Arabic text

٢٢١١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ الْوَاسِطِيُّ ، عَنِ ‌الْمُسْتَلِمِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ ‌رُمَيْحٍ الْجُذَامِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا اتُّخِذَ الْفَيْءُ دُوَلًا»، وَالْأَمَانَةُ مَغْنَمًا، وَالزَّكَاةُ مَغْرَمًا، وَتُعُلِّمَ لِغَيْرِ الدِّينِ، وَأَطَاعَ الرَّجُلُ امْرَأَتَهُ وَعَقَّ أُمَّهُ، وَأَدْنَى صَدِيقَهُ وَأَقْصَى أَبَاهُ، وَظَهَرَتِ الْأَصْوَاتُ فِي الْمَسَاجِدِ، وَسَادَ الْقَبِيلَةَ فَاسِقُهُمْ، وَكَانَ زَعِيمُ الْقَوْمِ أَرْذَلَهُمْ، وَأُكْرِمَ الرَّجُلُ مَخَافَةَ شَرِّهِ، وَظَهَرَتِ الْقَيْنَاتُ وَالْمَعَازِفُ، وَشُرِبَتِ الْخُمُورُ، وَلَعَنَ آخِرُ هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ أَوَّلَهَا فَلْيَرْتَقِبُوا عِنْدَ ذَلِكَ رِيحًا حَمْرَاءَ وَزَلْزَلَةً وَخَسْفًا وَمَسْخًا وَقَذْفًا وَآيَاتٍ تَتَابَعُ، كَنِظَامٍ بَالٍ قُطِعَ سِلْكُهُ فَتَتَابَعَ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2211

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2211

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2212

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2212. 'Imrān bin Ḥuṣain narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “In this Ummah there shall be collapsing of the earth, transformation, and Qadhf.” A man among the Muslims said: “O Messenger of Allāh! When is that?” He said: “When singing slave-girls, music, and drinking intoxicants spread.” (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadith is Gharib. This Hadīth has been reported from Al-A'mash, from 'Abdur-Rahmān bin Sābiṭ from the Prophet ﷺ in Mursal form.

Arabic text

٢٢١٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبَّادُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ الْكُوفِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْقُدُّوسِ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ ، عَنْ ‌عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «فِي هَذِهِ الْأُمَّةِ خَسْفٌ وَمَسْخٌ وَقَذْفٌ» فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْمُسْلِمِينَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، وَمَتَى ذَاكَ؟ قَالَ: إِذَا ظَهَرَتِ الْقَيْنَاتُ وَالْمَعَازِفُ، وَشُرِبَتِ الْخُمُورُ. وَقَدْ رُوِيَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ سَابِطٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مُرْسَلٌ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2212

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2212

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 39

What Has Been Related About The Prophet's ﷺ Saying: "The Hour And I Have Been Dispatched Like These Two" Meaning The Index And Middle Fingers

Hadith 2213

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2213. Al-Mustawrid bin Shaddād Al-Fihri reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "I was sent in advance of the Hour, so that I precede it like this precedes this." (Indicating) with his index and middle fingers. (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Gharib as a narration of Al-Mustawrid bin Shaddād, we do not know of it except from this route.

Arabic text

٢٢١٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُمَرَ بْنِ هَيَّاجٍ الْأَسَدِيُّ الْكُوفِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَرْحَبِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عُبَيْدَةُ بْنُ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ ‌مُجَالِدٍ ، عَنْ ‌قَيْسِ بْنِ أَبِي حَازِمٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْمُسْتَوْرِدِ بْنِ شَدَّادٍ الْفِهْرِيِّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «بُعِثْتُ فِي نَفَسِ» السَّاعَةِ فَسَبَقْتُهَا كَمَا سَبَقَتْ هَذِهِ هَذِهِ لِأُصْبُعَيْهِ السَّبَّابَةِ وَالْوُسْطَى. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ، مِنْ حَدِيثِ الْمُسْتَوْرِدِ بْنِ شَدَّادٍ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2213

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2213

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2214

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2214. Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The Hour and I were dispatched like these two" – and Abū Dāwūd (a narrator) indicated with his index and middle fingers – so, how much more (in length) is one then the other. (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadith is Hasan Sahih.

Arabic text

٢٢١٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو دَاوُدَ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شُعْبَةُ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «بُعِثْتُ أَنَا وَالسَّاعَةُ كَهَاتَيْنِ،» وَأَشَارَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ بِالسَّبَّابَةِ وَالْوُسْطَى فَمَا فَضْلُ إِحْدَاهُمَا عَلَى الْأُخْرَى. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2214

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2214

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 40

What Has Been Related About Fighting The Turks

Hadith 2215

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2215. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The Hour shall not be established until you fight a people whose sandals are made of hair, and the Hour shall not be established until you fight a people whose faces will look like shields coated with leather." (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Bakr Aṣ-Ṣiddīq, Buraidah, Abū Sa'eed, 'Amr bin Taghlib and Mu'āwiyah. This Hadith is Hasan Sahih.

Arabic text

٢٢١٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌سَعِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْمَخْزُومِيُّ ‌وَعَبْدُ الْجَبَّارِ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى تُقَاتِلُوا قَوْمًا نِعَالُهُمُ الشَّعَرُ،» وَلَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى تُقَاتِلُوا قَوْمًا كَأَنَّ وُجُوهَهُمُ الْمَجَانُّ الْمُطْرَقَةُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرٍ الصِّدِّيقِ، وَبُرَيْدَةَ، وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ، وَعَمْرِو بْنِ تَغْلِبَ، وَمُعَاوِيَةَ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2215

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2215

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 41

What Has Been Related About: When Kisrā Is Ruined There Will Be No Kisrā After Him

Hadith 2216

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2216. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When Kisrā is ruined, there will be no Kisrā after him, and when Caesar is ruined, there will be no Caesar after him. By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! You shall spend their treasures in Allāh's cause." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadith is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢١٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌سَعِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا هَلَكَ كِسْرَى» فَلَا كِسْرَى بَعْدَهُ، وَإِذَا هَلَكَ قَيْصَرُ فَلَا قَيْصَرَ بَعْدَهُ، وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ لَتُنْفَقَنَّ كُنُوزُهُمَا فِي سَبِيلِ اللهِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2216

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2216

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 42

The Hour Will Not Be Established Until A Fire Comes From The Direction Of The Hijāz

Hadith 2217

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2217. Sālim bin 'Abdullāh [bin [Umar] narrated from his father, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "A Fire is coming from Hadramawt, or from near the sea of Hadramawt – before the Day of Judgement – to gather the people." They said: "O Messenger of Allāh! What do you order us?" He said: "Stick to Ash-Shām." (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Ḥudhaifah bin Asīd, Anas, Abū Hurairah and Abū Dharr. This Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb Sahih as a narration of Ibn 'Umar.

Arabic text

٢٢١٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حُسَيْنُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الْبَغْدَادِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شَيْبَانُ ، عَنْ ‌يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي قِلَابَةَ ، عَنْ ‌سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «سَتَخْرُجُ نَارٌ مِنْ حَضْرَمَوْتَ» أَوْ مِنْ نَحْوِ بَحْرِ حَضْرَمَوْتَ قَبْلَ يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ تَحْشُرُ النَّاسَ قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، فَمَا تَأْمُرُنَا؟ قَالَ: عَلَيْكُمْ بِالشَّامِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ بْنِ أَسِيدٍ، وَأَنَسٍ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَأَبِي ذَرٍّ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ حَدِيثِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2217

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2217

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 43

What Has Been Related About 'The Hour Shall Not Be Established Until The Liars Appear'

Hadith 2218

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2218. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The Hour shall not be established until nearly thirty impostors, Dajjāl appear, each of them claiming that he is the Messenger of Allāh." (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Jābir bin Samurah and Ibn 'Umar. This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīh.

Arabic text

٢٢١٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مَعْمَرٌ ، عَنْ ‌هَمَّامِ بْنِ مُنَبِّهٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَنْبَعِثَ دَجَّالُونَ» كَذَّابُونَ قَرِيبٌ مِنْ ثَلَاثِينَ كُلُّهُمْ يَزْعُمُ أَنَّهُ رَسُولُ اللهِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، وَابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2218

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2218

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2219

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2219. Thawbān narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The Hour shall not be established until tribes of my Ummah unite with the idolaters, and until they worship idols. And indeed there shall be thirty impostors in my Ummah, each of them claiming that he is a Prophet. And I am the last of the Prophets, there is no Prophet after me." (Ṣaḥīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is [Hasan] Ṣaḥīh.

Arabic text

٢٢١٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَيُّوبَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي أَسْمَاءَ الرَّحَبِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌ثَوْبَانَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى تَلْحَقَ قَبَائِلُ مِنْ أُمَّتِي بِالْمُشْرِكِينَ،» وَحَتَّى يَعْبُدُوا الْأَوْثَانَ، وَإِنَّهُ سَيَكُونُ فِي أُمَّتِي ثَلَاثُونَ كَذَّابُونَ، كُلُّهُمْ يَزْعُمُ أَنَّهُ نَبِيٌّ، وَأَنَا خَاتَمُ النَّبِيِّينَ لَا نَبِيَّ بَعْدِي. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2219

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2219

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 44

What Has Been Related About The Liar And Destroyer From Thaqif

Hadith 2220

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2220. Ibn 'Umar narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "In Thaqif there will be a great liar and destroyer." (Ṣaḥīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There is a narration on this topic from Asmā' bint Abū Bakr. (Another route with this chain) and this Hadīth is Ḥasan Gharīb as a narration of Ibn 'Umar. We do not know of it except through the report of Sharīk. And Sharīk would say: "Abdullāh bin 'Uṣm, while Isrā'īl would say: "Abdullāh bin 'Uṣmah." [Abū 'Eisā said:] It is said that the liar was Al-Mukhtār bin Abī 'Ubaid, and the destroyer was Al-Ḥajjāj bin Yūsuf. Abū Dāwūd Sulaimān bin Salm Al-Balkhī narrated to us: "An-Nadr bin Shumail narrated to us, from Hishām bin Ḥassān who said: 'They counted how many (people) did Al-Ḥajjāj killed indiscriminately, so it reached one hundred and twenty thousand murders.'"

Arabic text

٢٢٢٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْفَضْلُ بْنُ مُوسَى ، عَنْ ‌شَرِيكِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُصْمٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «فِي ثَقِيفٍ» كَذَّابٌ وَمُبِيرٌ. يُقَالُ: الْكَذَّابُ الْمُخْتَارُ بْنُ أَبِي عُبَيْدٍ، وَالْمُبِيرُ الْحَجَّاجُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ. حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ سَلْمٍ الْبَلْخِيُّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا النَّضْرُ بْنُ شُمَيْلٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ حَسَّانَ قَالَ: أَحْصَوْا مَا قَتَلَ الْحَجَّاجُ صَبْرًا فَبَلَغَ مِائَةَ أَلْفٍ وَعِشْرِينَ أَلْفَ قَتِيلٍ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَسْمَاءَ بِنْتِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ. ٢٢٢٠ (م) - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ وَاقِدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شَرِيكٌ، نَحْوَهُ بِهَذَا الْإِسْنَادِ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ شَرِيكٍ،. وَشَرِيكٌ يَقُولُ: عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عُصْمٍ، وَإِسْرَائِيلُ يَقُولُ: عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عِصْمَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2220

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2220

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 45

What Has Been Related About The Third Generation

Hadith 2221

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2221. 'Imrān bin Ḥuṣain narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The best of people are my generation, then those who follow them. Then, after them a people will come who increase in fatness, loving fatness, giving testimony before they are asked for it." (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This is how Muḥammad bin Fuḏail reported this Hadīth; from Al-A'mash, from 'Alī bin Mudrik from Hilāl bin Yasāf. Others among the Huffāz reported [this Hadīth] from Al-A'mash, from Hilāl bin Yasāf, and they did not mention 'Alī bin Mudrik in it. Al-Ḥusain bin Ḥuraith narrated to us: "Wakī narrated to us from Al-A'mash: 'Hilāl bin Yasāf narrated to us, from 'Imrān bin Ḥusain from the Prophet ﷺ.'" And he mentioned a similar narration. And this is more correct to me than the narration of Muḥammad bin Fuḏail. This Hadīth has been reported through more than one route from 'Imrān bin Ḥusain from the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

٢٢٢١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَاصِلُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْفُضَيْلِ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌عَلِيِّ بْنِ مُدْرِكٍ ، عَنْ ‌هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ ، عَنْ ‌عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «خَيْرُ النَّاسِ قَرْنِي»، ثُمَّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُمْ، ثُمَّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُمْ، ثُمَّ يَأْتِي مِنْ بَعْدِهِمْ قَوْمٌ يَتَسَمَّنُونَ وَيُحِبُّونَ السِّمَنَ، يُعْطُونَ الشَّهَادَةَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسْأَلُوهَا. هَكَذَا رَوَى مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مُدْرِكٍ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ وَرَوَى غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِنَ الْحُفَّاظِ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرُوا فِيهِ عَلِيَّ بْنَ مُدْرِكٍ. ٢٢٢١ (م) - وَحَدَّثَنَا ‌الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ حُرَيْثٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌هِلَالُ بْنُ يَسَافٍ، عَنْ ‌عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ. وَهَذَا أَصَحُّ عِنْدِي مِنْ حَدِيثِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ فُضَيْلٍ، وَقَدْ رُوِيَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2221

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2221

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2222

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2222. 'Imrān bin Ḥusain narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The best of my Ummah is the generation among whom I was sent, then those who follow them." He (Imrān) said: I do not know if he mentioned the third or not. "Then there shall appear people who testify while their testimony was not sought, who are treacherous, not trusted, and fatness shall spread among them." (Saḥīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Saḥīh.

Arabic text

٢٢٢٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو عَوَانَةَ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌زُرَارَةَ بْنِ أَوْفَى ، عَنْ ‌عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «خَيْرُ أُمَّتِي الْقَرْنُ الَّذِي بُعِثْتُ فِيهِمْ، ثُمَّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُمْ» قَالَ: وَلَا أَعْلَمُ ذَكَرَ الثَّالِثَ أَمْ لَا، ثُمَّ يَنْشَأُ أَقْوَامٌ يَشْهَدُونَ وَلَا يُسْتَشْهَدُونَ، وَيَخُونُونَ وَلَا يُؤْتَمَنُونَ، وَيَفْشُو فِيهِمُ السِّمَنُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2222

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2222

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 46

What has Been Related About Al-Khulafā'

Hadith 2223

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2223. Simāk bin Ḥarb narrated from Jābir bin Samurah who said "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'There will be twelve Amīr after me.'" He said: "Then he said something that I did not understand. So I asked the one who was next to me, who said that he ﷺ had said: 'All of them are from Quraish.'" (Saḥīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Saḥīh. And it has been reported through more than one route from Jābir bin Samurah. Abū Kuraib narrated to us: "Umar bin 'Ubaid narrated to us, from his father, from Abū Bakr bin Abī Mūsā, from Jābir bin Samurah from the Prophet ﷺ" and it is similar to this Hadīth. [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is [Hasan Saḥīh] Gharīb, it is considered Gharīb as a narration of Abū Bakr bin Abī Mūsā from Jābir bin Samurah. There are narrations on this topic from Ibn Mas'ūd, and 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr.

Arabic text

٢٢٢٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عُمَرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ الطَّنَافِسِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ ، عَنْ ‌جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَكُونُ مِنْ بَعْدِي اثْنَا عَشَرَ أَمِيرًا» قَالَ: ثُمَّ تَكَلَّمَ بِشَيْءٍ لَمْ أَفْهَمْهُ، فَسَأَلْتُ الَّذِي يَلِينِي فَقَالَ: قَالَ: كُلُّهُمْ مِنْ قُرَيْشٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. ٢٢٢٣ (م) - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عُمَرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ أَبِي مُوسَى ، عَنْ ‌جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِثْلَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، وَقَدْ رُوِيَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ، يُسْتَغْرَبُ مِنْ حَدِيثِ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ أَبِي مُوسَى عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2223

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2223

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 47

It Is Disliked To Insult The Sultān

Hadith 2224

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2224. Ziyād bin Kusaib Al-'Adawī said: "I was with Abū Bakrah under the Minbar of Ibn 'Āmir[1] while he was giving a Khutbah wearing a fine garment. Abū Bilāl said: 'Look at our Amīr wearing clothes of wickedness!' So Abū Bakrah said: 'Be quiet! I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saying: "Whoever insults Allāh's Sultān on the earth, Allāh disgraces him."(Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Gharib.

Arabic text

٢٢٢٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌بُنْدَارٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو دَاوُدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حُمَيْدُ بْنُ مِهْرَانَ، عَنْ ‌سَعْدِ بْنِ أَوْسٍ ، عَنْ ‌زِيَادِ بْنِ كُسَيْبٍ الْعَدَوِيِّ قَالَ: «كُنْتُ مَعَ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ» تَحْتَ مِنْبَرِ ابْنِ عَامِرٍ، وَهُوَ يَخْطُبُ وَعَلَيْهِ ثِيَابٌ رِقَاقٌ، فَقَالَ أَبُو بِلَالٍ: انْظُرُوا إِلَى أَمِيرِنَا يَلْبَسُ ثِيَابَ الْفُسَّاقِ، فَقَالَ ‌أَبُو بَكْرَةَ : اسْكُتْ سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: مَنْ أَهَانَ سُلْطَانَ اللهِ فِي الْأَرْضِ أَهَانَهُ اللهُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ.

Footnotes

1 [1] 'Abdullāh bin 'Āmir who was the governor of Al-Baṣrah under 'Uthmān, and in As-Siyar (3:20 Ar-Risālāh) Adh-Dhahabī said: "Abū Bilāl is Mirdās bin Udiyāh from the Khawārij."

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2224

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2224

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 48

What Has Been Related About Al-Khilāfah

Hadith 2225

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2225. Salim bin 'Abdullãh narrated from his father who said: "It was said to 'Umar bin Al- Khattab: 'Perhaps you should endorse your successor.' He said: 'If I appoint a successor, then indeed AbU Bakr appointed a successor. And if I do not appoint a successor, the Messenger of Allah jNç did not appoint a successor." (Sahih) [AbU 'Eisa said:] There is a lengthy story in this 1Iadith, and this Iladith is cnhil, it hic hpp,i rprrtpi thriuyh other routes from lbn U mar.

Arabic text

٢٢٢٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَحْيَى بْنُ مُوسَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مَعْمَرٌ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ ‌سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ قَالَ: «قِيلَ» ‌لِعُمَرَ بْنِ الْخَطَّابِ لَوِ اسْتَخْلَفْتَ، قَالَ: إِنْ أَسْتَخْلِفْ فَقَدِ اسْتَخْلَفَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ، وَإِنْ لَمْ أَسْتَخْلِفْ لَمْ يَسْتَخْلِفْ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ. وَفِي الْحَدِيثِ قِصَّةٌ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ، قَدْ رُوِيَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2225

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2225

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2226

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2226. Sa'eed bin Jumhān narrated: "Safīnah narrated to me, he said: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Al-Khilāfah will be in my Ummah for thirty years, then there will be monarchy after that.'" Then Safīnah said to me: 'Count the Khilāfah of Abū Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khilāfah of 'Umar and the Khilāfah of 'Uthmān.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khilāfah of 'Ali.'" He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years.” Sa’eed said: “I said to him: ‘Banū Umaiyyah claim that the Khilāfah is among them.’ He said: ‘Banū Az-Zarqā’ lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies.”” (Hasan) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] There is a narration on this topic from ‘Umar and ‘Alī saying that the Prophet ﷺ did not order anything regarding the Khilāfah. And this Hadīth is Hasan, more than one narrator reported it from Sa’eed bin Jumhān, and we do not know of it except from his narration.

Arabic text

٢٢٢٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُرَيْجُ بْنُ النُّعْمَانِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَشْرَجُ بْنُ نُبَاتَةَ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُمْهَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ‌سَفِينَةُ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «الْخِلَافَةُ فِي أُمَّتِي ثَلَاثُونَ سَنَةً، ثُمَّ مُلْكٌ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ» ثُمَّ قَالَ لِي سَفِينَةُ: أَمْسِكْ خِلَافَةَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ وَخِلَافَةَ عُمَرَ وَخِلَافَةَ عُثْمَانَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ لِي: أَمْسِكْ خِلَافَةَ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: فَوَجَدْنَاهَا ثَلَاثِينَ سَنَةً، قَالَ سَعِيدٌ: فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: إِنَّ بَنِي أُمَيَّةَ يَزْعُمُونَ أَنَّ الْخِلَافَةَ فِيهِمْ، قَالَ: كَذَبُوا بَنُو الزَّرْقَاءِ، بَلْ هُمْ مُلُوكٌ مِنْ شَرِّ الْمُلُوكِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عُمَرَ، وَعَلِيٍّ، قَالَا: لَمْ يَعْهَدِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الْخِلَافَةِ شَيْئًا. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ، قَدْ رَوَاهُ غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُمْهَانَ، وَلَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِهِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2226

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2226

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 49

What Has Been Related About ‘Al-Khulafā’ Are From Quraish Until The Hour Is Established’

Hadith 2227

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2227. ‘Abdullāh bin Abī Al-Hudhail said: “There were some people from (the tribe of) Rabī‘ah with ‘Amr bin Al-‘Aṣ, so a man from (the tribe of) Bakr bin Wā’il said: ‘Either the Quraish will stop, or Allāh will place this matter among the masses of the Arabs other than them.' So 'Amr bin Al-'Aṣ said: 'You have lied, I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saying: "The Quraish are the leaders of the people, in the good and the bad, until the Day of Judgement." (Saḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Ibn Mas'ūd, Ibn 'Umar and Jābir.

Arabic text

٢٢٢٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌حُسَيْنُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الْبَصْرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شُعْبَةُ ، عَنْ ‌حَبِيبِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ‌عَبْدَ اللهِ بْنَ أَبِي الْهُذَيْلِ يَقُولُ: «كَانَ نَاسٌ مِنْ رَبِيعَةَ» عِنْدَ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْعَاصِ، فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ مِنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ وَائِلٍ: لَتَنْتَهِيَنَّ قُرَيْشٌ، أَوْ لَيَجْعَلَنَّ اللهُ هَذَا الْأَمْرَ فِي جُمْهُورٍ مِنَ الْعَرَبِ غَيْرِهِمْ، فَقَالَ ‌عَمْرُو بْنُ الْعَاصِ: كَذَبْتَ سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: قُرَيْشٌ وُلَاةُ النَّاسِ فِي الْخَيْرِ وَالشَّرِّ إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، وَابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَجَابِرٍ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ غَرِيبٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2227

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2227

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 50

The Reign Of A Man Among the Mawālī Called Jahjāh

Hadith 2228

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2228. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The night and the day shall not go away until a man called Jahjāh among the Mawālī reigns." (Saḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb.

Arabic text

٢٢٢٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ الْعَبْدِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو بَكْرٍ الْحَنَفِيُّ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ ، عَنْ ‌عُمَرَ بْنِ الْحَكَمِ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ‌أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يَذْهَبُ اللَّيْلُ وَالنَّهَارُ حَتَّى يَمْلِكَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْمَوَالِي» يُقَالُ لَهُ جَهْجَاهُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2228

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2228

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 51

What Has Been Related About The Misguiding A'immah

Hadith 2229

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2229. Thawbān narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "I only fear for my Ummah from the misguiding A'immah." He said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "There will never cease to be a group from my Ummah manifest upon the truth, they will not be harmed by those who forsake them until Allāh's Decree comes." (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is [Hasan] Sahih.

Arabic text

٢٢٢٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَيُّوبَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي أَسْمَاءَ الرَّحَبِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌ثَوْبَانَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّمَا أَخَافُ عَلَى أُمَّتِي الْأَئِمَّةَ الْمُضِلِّينَ» قَالَ: وَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: لَا تَزَالُ طَائِفَةٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي عَلَى الْحَقِّ ظَاهِرِينَ لَا يَضُرُّهُمْ مَنْ يَخْذُلُهُمْ حَتَّى يَأْتِيَ أَمْرُ اللهِ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ، سَمِعْتُ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ إِسْمَاعِيلَ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ عَلِيَّ بْنَ الْمَدِينِيِّ يَقُولُ: وَذَكَرَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: لَا تَزَالُ طَائِفَةٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِي ظَاهِرِينَ عَلَى الْحَقِّ، فَقَالَ عَلِيٌّ: هُمْ أَهْلُ الْحَدِيثِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2229

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2229

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 52

What Has Been Related About The Mahdi

Hadith 2230

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2230. 'Abdullāh narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The world shall not pass away until a man from the people of my family rules the Arabs whose name agrees with my name." (Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Ali, Abū Sa'eed, Umm Salamah, and Abū Hurairah. This Hadīth is Hasan Sahih.

Arabic text

٢٢٣٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عُبَيْدُ بْنُ أَسْبَاطِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ الْقُرَشِيُّ الْكُوفِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ‌أَبِي ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ، عَنْ ‌عَاصِمِ بْنِ بَهْدَلَةَ ، عَنْ ‌زِرٍّ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَذْهَبُ الدُّنْيَا حَتَّى يَمْلِكَ الْعَرَبَ» رَجُلٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ بَيْتِي يُوَاطِئُ اسْمُهُ اسْمِي. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ، وَأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2230

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2230

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2231

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2231. 'Āsim narrated from Zirr, from 'Abdullāh, from the Prophet ﷺ who said: "A man is coming from the people of my family whose name agrees with my name." 'Āsim said: "Abū Ṣāliḥ narrated to us from Abū Hurairah, who said: 'If there did not remain in the world but one day, then Allāh would extend that day until he comes.'" (Ḥasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīh.

Arabic text

٢٢٣١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْجَبَّارِ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْجَبَّارِ الْعَطَّارُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَاصِمٍ ، عَنْ ‌زِرٍّ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «يَلِي رَجُلٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ بَيْتِي يُوَاطِئُ اسْمُهُ اسْمِي». قَالَ ‌عَاصِمٌ : وَأَخْبَرَنَا ‌أَبُو صَالِحٍ عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: لَوْ لَمْ يَبْقَ مِنَ الدُّنْيَا إِلَّا يَوْمٌ لَطَوَّلَ اللهُ ذَلِكَ الْيَوْمَ حَتَّى يَلِيَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2231

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2231

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 53

Regarding The Mahdī's Life And His Giving

Hadith 2232

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2232. Zaid bin Al-'Ammī said: "I heard Abū Aṣ-Ṣiddīq An-Nājī narrate a Hadith from Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī who said: 'We feared events to occur after our Prophet, so we asked Allāh's Prophet ﷺ, and he said: "Indeed there will be a Mahdī who comes in my Ummah (ruling) living for five, or seven, or nine." – Zaid was the one in doubt – He said: "We said: What is that?" He said: "Years." He said: "A man will come to him and say: O Mahdī! 'Give to me, give to me! So he will fill in his garment whatever he is able to carry.'" (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadith is Hasan, it has been reported through other routes from Abū Sa'eed from the Prophet ﷺ. Abū Aṣ-Ṣiddīq An-Nājī's name is Bakr bin 'Amr, and it is also said that it is Bakr bin Qais.

Arabic text

٢٢٣٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شُعْبَةُ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ‌زَيْدًا الْعَمِّيَّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ‌أَبَا الصِّدِّيقِ النَّاجِيَّ يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ ‌أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: «خَشِينَا أَنْ يَكُونَ بَعْدَ نَبِيِّنَا حَدَثٌ، فَسَأَلْنَا نَبِيَّ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: إِنَّ فِي أُمَّتِي الْمَهْدِيَّ» يَخْرُجُ يَعِيشُ خَمْسًا أَوْ سَبْعًا أَوْ تِسْعًا - زَيْدٌ الشَّاكُّ - قَالَ: قُلْنَا: وَمَا ذَاكَ؟ قَالَ: سِنِينَ. قَالَ: فَيَجِيءُ إِلَيْهِ رَجُلٌ فَيَقُولُ: يَا مَهْدِيُّ أَعْطِنِي أَعْطِنِي، قَالَ: فَيَحْثِي لَهُ فِي ثَوْبِهِ مَا اسْتَطَاعَ أَنْ يَحْمِلَهُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ، وَقَدْ رُوِيَ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَجْهٍ عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَأَبُو الصِّدِّيقِ النَّاجِيُّ اسْمُهُ بَكْرُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، وَيُقَالُ: بَكْرُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2232

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2232

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 54

What Has Been Related About The Descent Of 'Eisā Bin Mariam (Peace Be Upon Him)

Hadith 2233

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2233. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "By the One in Whose Hand is my soul! Ibn Mariam shall soon descend among you, judging justly. He shall break the cross, kill the pig, remove the Jizyah, and wealth will be so bountiful that there will be none to accept it." (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٣٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ شِهَابٍ ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ لَيُوشِكَنَّ» أَنْ يَنْزِلَ فِيكُمُ ابْنُ مَرْيَمَ حَكَمًا مُقْسِطًا، فَيَكْسِرَ الصَّلِيبَ وَيَقْتُلَ الْخِنْزِيرَ وَيَضَعَ الْجِزْيَةَ، وَيَفِيضَ الْمَالُ حَتَّى لَا يَقْبَلَهُ أَحَدٌ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2233

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2233

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 55

What Has Been Related About The Dajjāl

Hadith 2234

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2234. Abū 'Ubaidah bin Al-Jarrāḥ said: "I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saying: 'There was never a Prophet after Nūḥ but that he warned his people about the Dajjāl, and indeed I shall warn you of him.'" Then the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ described him for us, and he said: "Perhaps some of you who see me, or hear my words shall live to see him." They said: "O Messenger of Allāh! How will our hearts be on that day?" He said: "The same – that is, as today – or better." (Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from [Abdullāh bin Busr, 'Abdullāh bin Al-Ḥārith bin Juzāi, and] 'Abdullāh bin Mughaffal and Abū Hurairah. This Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb as a narration of Abū 'Ubaidah bin Al-Jarrāḥ. We do not know of it from him except as a narration of Khālid Al-Ḥadh-dhā'. Abū 'Ubaidah bin Al-Jarrāḥ's name is 'Āmir bin 'Abdullāh bin Al-Jarrāḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٣٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ مُعَاوِيَةَ الْجُمَحِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ ، عَنْ ‌خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ شَقِيقٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ سُرَاقَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ بْنِ الْجَرَّاحِ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِنَّهُ لَمْ يَكُنْ نَبِيٌّ بَعْدَ نُوحٍ» إِلَّا قَدْ أَنْذَرَ الدَّجَّالَ قَوْمَهُ، وَإِنِّي أُنْذِرُكُمُوهُ فَوَصَفَهُ لَنَا رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: لَعَلَّهُ سَيُدْرِكُهُ بَعْضُ مَنْ رَآنِي أَوْ سَمِعَ كَلَامِي. قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، فَكَيْفَ قُلُوبُنَا يَوْمَئِذٍ؟ قَالَ: مِثْلُهَا يَعْنِي الْيَوْمَ أَوْ خَيْرٌ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ بُسْرٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مُغَفَّلٍ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ حَدِيثِ أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ بْنِ الْجَرَّاحِ لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2234

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2234

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 56

What Has Been Related About The Signs Of The Dajjāl

Hadith 2235

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2235. Az-Zuhri narrated from Sālim, from Ibn 'Umar who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood among the people, he praised Allāh as is due to Him, then he mentioned the Dajjāl and he said: 'Indeed I warn you of him. There has not been a Prophet except that he warned his people, and Nūh indeed warned his people – but I am to say something about him that no Prophet has said to his people: You should know that he is one-eyed, and Allāh is certainly not one-eyed.'" Az-Zuhri said: " 'Umar bin Thābit Al-Anṣārī informed me that some of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ informed him, that one day, the Prophet ﷺ was cautioning them against Fitnah and he said: 'You must know that not one of you will ever see his Lord until he dies. And indeed, he (the Dajjāl) has “Kāfir” written between his eyes; everyone who is averse to his behavior shall read it.”) (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٣٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مَعْمَرٌ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ ‌سَالِمٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَ: «قَامَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي النَّاسِ، فَأَثْنَى عَلَى اللهِ بِمَا هُوَ أَهْلُهُ، ثُمَّ ذَكَرَ الدَّجَّالَ،» فَقَالَ: إِنِّي لَأُنْذِرُكُمُوهُ وَمَا مِنْ نَبِيٍّ إِلَّا وَقَدْ أَنْذَرَ قَوْمَهُ، وَلَقَدْ أَنْذَرَ نُوحٌ قَوْمَهُ، وَلَكِنِّي سَأَقُولُ لَكُمْ فِيهِ قَوْلًا لَمْ يَقُلْهُ نَبِيٌّ لِقَوْمِهِ، تَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّهُ أَعْوَرُ، وَإِنَّ اللهَ لَيْسَ بِأَعْوَرَ قَالَ ‌الزُّهْرِيُّ: وَأَخْبَرَنِي ‌عُمَرُ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ أَنَّهُ أَخْبَرَهُ ‌بَعْضُ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِلنَّاسِ وَهُوَ يُحَذِّرُهُمْ فِتْنَتَهُ: تَعْلَمُونَ، أَنَّهُ لَنْ يَرَى أَحَدٌ مِنْكُمْ رَبَّهُ حَتَّى يَمُوتَ، وَإِنَّهُ مَكْتُوبٌ بَيْنَ عَيْنَيْهِ كَافِرٌ يَقْرَؤُهُ مَنْ كَرِهَ عَمَلَهُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2235

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2235

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2236

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2236. Ibn ‘Umar narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “You shall fight the Jews. You will gain such control over them, that a rock will say: ‘O Muslim! This Jew is behind me so kill him!’” (Ṣaḥīḥ) [He said:] This Hadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٣٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مَعْمَرٌ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ ‌سَالِمٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «تُقَاتِلُكُمُ الْيَهُودُ فَتُسَلَّطُونَ عَلَيْهِمْ حَتَّى يَقُولَ الْحَجَرُ: يَا مُسْلِمُ هَذَا الْيَهُودِيُّ وَرَائِي فَاقْتُلْهُ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2236

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2236

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 57

What Has Been Related About Where The Dajjāl Comes From

Hadith 2237

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2237. Abū Bakr Aṣ-Ṣiddīq said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ narrated to us, saying: ‘The Dajjāl shall emerge from a land in the east called Khurāsān. He is followed by a people whom appear as if their faces are shields coated with leather.”” (Hasan) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Abū Hurairah and ‘Aishah. This Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb. ‘Abdullāh bin Shawdhab and more than one other narrator reported it from Abū At-Tayyāh, and we do not know of it except from the narration of Abū At-Tayyāh.

Arabic text

٢٢٣٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ ‌وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌رَوْحُ بْنُ عُبَادَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي التَّيَّاحِ، عَنِ ‌الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ سُبَيْعٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَمْرِو بْنِ حُرَيْثٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي بَكْرٍ الصِّدِّيقِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «الدَّجَّالُ» يَخْرُجُ مِنْ أَرْضٍ بِالْمَشْرِقِ يُقَالُ لَهَا: خُرَاسَانُ، يَتْبَعُهُ أَقْوَامٌ كَأَنَّ وُجُوهَهُمُ الْمَجَانُّ الْمُطْرَقَةُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَعَائِشَةَ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ، وَقَدْ رَوَاهُ عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ شَوْذَبٍ، عَنْ أَبِي التَّيَّاحِ، وَلَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ أَبِي التَّيَّاحِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2237

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2237

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 58

What Has Been Related About Signs Of The Coming Of The Dajjāl

Hadith 2238

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2238. Abū Bahriyyah, a companion of Mu‘ādh bin Jabal narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: “The great Malhamah, the conquest of Constantinople, and the coming of the Dajjāl occur in (the span of) seven months.” (Da’if) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] There are narrations on this topic from Aṣ-Ṣa’b bin Jath-thāmah, ‘Abdullāh bin Busr, ‘Abdullāh bin Mas’ūd and Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī. This Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb, we do not know of it except from this route.

Arabic text

٢٢٣٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌الْحَكَمُ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ ، عَنِ ‌الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ سُفْيَانَ ، عَنْ ‌يَزِيدَ بْنِ قُطَيْبٍ السَّكُونِيِّ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي بَحْرِيَّةَ صَاحِبِ مُعَاذٍ ، عَنْ ‌مُعَاذِ بْنِ جَبَلٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «الْمَلْحَمَةُ» الْعُظْمَى، وَفَتْحُ الْقُسْطَنْطِينِيَّةِ، وَخُرُوجُ الدَّجَّالِ فِي سَبْعَةِ أَشْهُرٍ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ الصَّعْبِ بْنِ جَثَّامَةَ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ بُسْرٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ. .

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2238

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2238

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2239

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2239. Anas bin Mālik said: "Constantinople will be conquered with the coming of the Hour." (Sahīh) (One of the narrators) Maḥmūd said: "This Hadīth is Gharīb, and Constantinople is a Roman city which will be conquered when the Dajjāl comes, and Constantinople was (also) conquered during the time of some of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ."

Arabic text

٢٢٣٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو دَاوُدَ ، عَنْ ‌شُعْبَةَ ، عَنْ ‌يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ. قَالَ «فَتْحُ الْقُسْطَنْطِينِيَّةِ» مَعَ قِيَامِ السَّاعَةِ. قَالَ مَحْمُودٌ: هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ، وَالْقُسْطَنْطِينِيَّةُ هِيَ مَدِينَةُ الرُّومِ تُفْتَحُ عِنْدَ خُرُوجِ الدَّجَّالِ، وَالْقُسْطَنْطِينِيَّةُ قَدْ فُتِحَتْ فِي زَمَانِ بَعْضِ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2239

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2239

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 59

What Has Been Related About The Turmoil Of The Dajjāl

Hadith 2240

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2240. It was narrated from An- Nawwās bin Sam‘ān, who said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ mentioned the Dajjāl one morning, he belittled him and mentioned his importance,[1] until we thought that he might be amidst a cluster of date-palms.” He said: “We departed from the presence of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, then we returned to him, and he noticed that (concern) in us. So he said: ‘What is wrong with you?’” We said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh! You mentioned the Dajjāl this morning, belittling him, and mentioning his importance until we thought that he might be amidst a cluster of the date-palms.’ He said: ‘It is not the Dajjāl that I fear for you. If he were to appear while I am among you, then I will be his adversary on your behalf. And if he appears and I am not among you, then each man will have to fend for himself. And Allāh will take care of every Muslim after me. He is young, with curly hair, his eye protruding, resembling someone from ‘Abdul-Uzza bin Qaṭan. Whoever among you sees him, then let him recite the beginning of Sūrah Aṣḥāb Al-Kahf.’ “He said: ‘He will appear from what is between Ash-Shām and Al-Irāq, causing devastation toward the right and toward the left. O worshippers of Allāh! Hold fast!’” We said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh! How long will he linger on the earth?’ He said: ‘Forty days, a day like a year, a day like a month, a day like a week, and the remainder of his days are like your days.” We said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh! Do you think that during the day that is like a year, the Ṣalāt of one day will be sufficient for us?’ He said: ‘No. You will have to estimate it.’ We said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh! How fast will he move through the earth.’ He said: ‘Like a rain storm driven by the wind. He will come upon a people and call them, and they will deny him, and reject his claims. Then he will leave them, and their wealth will follow him. They will awaken in the morning with nothing left. Then he will come upon a people and call them, and they will respond to him, believing in him. So he will order the heavens to bring rain, and it shall rain, and he will order the land to sprout, and it will sprout. Their cattle will return to them with their coats the longest, their udders the fullest and their stomachs the fattest.’ He said: ‘Then he will come upon some ruins, saying to it: “Bring me your treasures!” He will turn to leave it, and it will follow him, like drone bees. Then he will call a young man, full of youth, and he will strike him with the sword, cutting him into two pieces. Then he will call him, and he will come forward with his face beaming and laughing. So while he is doing that, ‘Eisā bin Mariam, peace be upon him, will descend in eastern Damascus at the white minaret, between two Mahrūd,[1] with his hands on the wings of two angels. When he lowers his head, drops fall, and when he raises it, gems like pearls drop from him.' He said: 'His (the Dajjal's) breath does not reach anyone but he dies, and his breath reaches as far as his sight.' He said: 'So he pursues him (the Dajjāl) until he catches up with him at the gate of Ludd where he kills him.' He said: 'So he remains there as a long as Allāh wills.' He said: 'Then Allāh reveals to him: "Take my slaves to Aṭ-Ṭūr, for I have sent down some creatures of Mine which no one shall be able to kill." He said: 'Allāh dispatches Ya'jūj and Ma'jūj, and they are as Allāh said: They swoop down from every mount.'[2] "He said: 'The first of them pass by the lake of Tiberias, drinking what is in it. Then the last of them pass by it saying: "There was water here at one time." They travel until they reach a mountain at Bait Al-Maqdis. They will say: "We have killed whoever was in the earth. Come! Let us kill whoever is in the skies." They will shoot their arrows into the heavens, so Allāh will return their arrows to them red with blood. 'Eisā bin Mariam and his companions will be surrounded, until the head of a bull on that day would be better to them than a hundred Dinār to one of you today.' of the Anṣār! Did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ not say: "He is a disbeliever" while I am a Muslim? Did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ not say: "He is sterile, having no children" while I have left my children behind in Al-Madīnah? Did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ not say: "[He will not enter or] Makkah [and Al-Madīnah] are not lawful for him" and am I not from the inhabitants of Al-Madīnah, and who is the one who accompanied you to Makkah?" "By Allāh, he continued talking like this until I said: 'Perhaps he has been falsely accused' then he said: 'O Abū Sa'eed! By Allāh, I can inform you of some information that is true, by Allāh! Verily, I know him, I know his father, [and I know] where he is at this time in the land.' So I said: 'May the rest of your day be but grief.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ.]

Arabic text

٢٢٤٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ ‌وَعَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ بْنِ جَابِرٍ دَخَلَ حَدِيثُ أَحَدِهِمَا فِي حَدِيثِ الْآخَرِ عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ بْنِ جَابِرٍ ، عَنْ ‌يَحْيَى بْنِ جَابِرٍ الطَّائِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ ‌جُبَيْرِ بْنِ نُفَيْرٍ ، عَنِ ‌النَّوَّاسِ بْنِ سَمْعَانَ الْكِلَابِيِّ قَالَ: «ذَكَرَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الدَّجَّالَ» ذَاتَ غَدَاةٍ فَخَفَّضَ فِيهِ وَرَفَّعَ حَتَّى ظَنَنَّاهُ فِي طَائِفَةِ النَّخْلِ، قَالَ: فَانْصَرَفْنَا مِنْ عِنْدِ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ثُمَّ رَجَعْنَا إِلَيْهِ فَعَرَفَ ذَلِكَ فِينَا، فَقَالَ: مَا شَأْنُكُمْ؟ قَالَ: قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، ذَكَرْتَ الدَّجَّالَ الْغَدَاةَ، فَخَفَّضْتَ فِيهِ وَرَفَّعْتَ حَتَّى ظَنَنَّاهُ فِي طَائِفَةِ النَّخْلِ، قَالَ: غَيْرُ الدَّجَّالِ أَخْوَفُ لِي عَلَيْكُمْ، إِنْ يَخْرُجْ وَأَنَا فِيكُمْ فَأَنَا حَجِيجُهُ دُونَكُمْ، وَإِنْ يَخْرُجْ وَلَسْتُ فِيكُمْ فَامْرُؤٌ حَجِيجُ نَفْسِهِ، وَاللهُ خَلِيفَتِي عَلَى كُلِّ مُسْلِمٍ، إِنَّهُ شَابٌّ قَطَطٌ عَيْنُهُ طَافِئَةٌ، شَبِيهٌ بِعَبْدِ الْعُزَّى بْنِ قَطَنٍ، فَمَنْ رَآهُ مِنْكُمْ فَلْيَقْرَأْ فَوَاتِحَ سُورَةِ أَصْحَابِ الْكَهْفِ. قَالَ: يَخْرُجُ مَا بَيْنَ الشَّامِ وَالْعِرَاقِ فَعَاثَ يَمِينًا وَشِمَالًا يَا عِبَادَ اللهِ اثْبُتُوا قَالَ: قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، وَمَا لُبْثُهُ فِي الْأَرْضِ؟ قَالَ: أَرْبَعِينَ يَوْمًا؛ يَوْمٌ كَسَنَةٍ، وَيَوْمٌ كَشَهْرٍ، وَيَوْمٌ كَجُمُعَةٍ، وَسَائِرُ أَيَّامِهِ كَأَيَّامِكُمْ قَالَ: قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، أَرَأَيْتَ الْيَوْمَ الَّذِي كَالسَّنَةِ أَتَكْفِينَا فِيهِ صَلَاةُ يَوْمٍ؟ قَالَ: لَا، وَلَكِنِ اقْدُرُوا لَهُ. قَالَ: قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، فَمَا سُرْعَتُهُ فِي الْأَرْضِ؟ قَالَ: كَالْغَيْثِ اسْتَدْبَرَتْهُ الرِّيحُ، فَيَأْتِي الْقَوْمَ فَيَدْعُوهُمْ، فَيُكَذِّبُونَهُ وَيَرُدُّونَ عَلَيْهِ قَوْلَهُ، فَيَنْصَرِفُ عَنْهُمْ فَتَتْبَعُهُ أَمْوَالُهُمْ وَيُصْبِحُونَ لَيْسَ بِأَيْدِيهِمْ شَيْءٌ، ثُمَّ يَأْتِي الْقَوْمَ فَيَدْعُوهُمْ فَيَسْتَجِيبُونَ لَهُ وَيُصَدِّقُونَهُ، فَيَأْمُرُ السَّمَاءَ أَنْ تُمْطِرَ فَتُمْطِرَ وَيَأْمُرُ الْأَرْضَ أَنْ تُنْبِتَ فَتُنْبِتَ، فَتَرُوحُ عَلَيْهِمْ سَارِحَتُهُمْ كَأَطْوَلِ مَا كَانَتْ ذُرًا، وَأَمَدِّهِ خَوَاصِرَ وَأَدَرِّهِ ضُرُوعًا، قَالَ: ثُمَّ يَأْتِي الْخَرِبَةَ فَيَقُولُ لَهَا أَخْرِجِي كُنُوزَكِ فَيَنْصَرِفُ مِنْهَا فَيَتْبَعُهُ كَيَعَاسِيبِ النَّحْلِ، ثُمَّ يَدْعُو رَجُلًا شَابًّا مُمْتَلِئًا شَبَابًا فَيَضْرِبُهُ بِالسَّيْفِ فَيَقْطَعُهُ جِزْلَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ يَدْعُوهُ فَيُقْبِلُ يَتَهَلَّلُ وَجْهُهُ يَضْحَكُ فَبَيْنَمَا هُوَ كَذَلِكَ؛ إِذْ هَبَطَ عِيسَى ابْنُ مَرْيَمَ بِشَرْقِيِّ دِمَشْقَ عِنْدَ الْمَنَارَةِ الْبَيْضَاءِ بَيْنَ مَهْرُودَتَيْنِ، وَاضِعًا يَدَيْهِ عَلَى أَجْنِحَةِ مَلَكَيْنِ إِذَا طَأْطَأَ رَأْسَهُ قَطَرَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَهُ تَحَدَّرَ مِنْهُ جُمَانٌ كَاللُّؤْلُؤِ، قَالَ: وَلَا يَجِدُ رِيحَ نَفَسِهِ يَعْنِي: أَحَدٌ إِلَّا مَاتَ، وَرِيحُ نَفَسِهِ مُنْتَهَى بَصَرِهِ، قَالَ: فَيَطْلُبُهُ حَتَّى يُدْرِكَهُ بِبَابِ لُدٍّ فَيَقْتُلُهُ، قَالَ: فَيَلْبَثُ كَذَلِكَ مَا شَاءَ اللهُ. قَالَ: ثُمَّ يُوحِي اللهُ إِلَيْهِ أَنْ حَوِّزْ عِبَادِي إِلَى الطُّورِ، فَإِنِّي قَدْ أَنْزَلْتُ عِبَادًا لِي لَا يَدَ لِأَحَدٍ بِقِتَالِهِمْ، قَالَ: وَيَبْعَثُ اللهُ يَأْجُوجَ وَمَأْجُوجَ وَهُمْ كَمَا قَالَ اللهُ: {وَهُمْ مِنْ كُلِّ حَدَبٍ يَنْسِلُونَ} قَالَ: فَيَمُرُّ أَوَّلُهُمْ بِبُحَيْرَةِ الطَّبَرِيَّةِ فَيَشْرَبُ مَا فِيهَا ثُمَّ يَمُرُّ بِهَا آخِرُهُمْ فَيَقُولُونَ: لَقَدْ كَانَ بِهَذِهِ مَرَّةً مَاءٌ، ثُمَّ يَسِيرُونَ حَتَّى يَنْتَهُوا إِلَى جَبَلِ بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ، فَيَقُولُونَ: لَقَدْ قَتَلْنَا مَنْ فِي الْأَرْضِ فَهَلُمَّ فَلْنَقْتُلْ مَنْ فِي السَّمَاءِ فَيَرْمُونَ بِنُشَّابِهِمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ، فَيَرُدُّ اللهُ عَلَيْهِمْ نُشَّابَهُمْ مُحْمَرًّا دَمًا، وَيُحَاصَرُ عِيسَى ابْنُ مَرْيَمَ وَأَصْحَابُهُ حَتَّى يَكُونَ رَأْسُ الثَّوْرِ يَوْمَئِذٍ خَيْرًا لِأَحَدِهِمْ مِنْ مِائَةِ دِينَارٍ لِأَحَدِكُمُ الْيَوْمَ، فَيَرْغَبُ عِيسَى ابْنُ مَرْيَمَ إِلَى اللهِ وَأَصْحَابُهُ، فَيُرْسِلُ اللهُ إِلَيْهِمُ النَّغَفَ فِي رِقَابِهِمْ، فَيُصْبِحُونَ فَرْسَى مَوْتَى كَمَوْتِ نَفْسٍ وَاحِدَةٍ، وَيَهْبِطُ عِيسَى وَأَصْحَابُهُ، فَلَا يَجِدُ مَوْضِعَ شِبْرٍ إِلَّا وَقَدْ مَلَأَتْهُ زَهَمَتُهُمْ وَنَتْنُهُمْ وَدِمَاؤُهُمْ، فَيَرْغَبُ عِيسَى إِلَى اللهِ وَأَصْحَابُهُ، فَيُرْسِلُ اللهُ عَلَيْهِمْ طَيْرًا كَأَعْنَاقِ الْبُخْتِ فَتَحْمِلُهُمْ فَتَطْرَحُهُمْ بِالْمَهْبِلِ، وَيَسْتَوْقِدُ الْمُسْلِمُونَ مِنْ قِسِيِّهِمْ وَنُشَّابِهِمْ وَجِعَابِهِمْ سَبْعَ سِنِينَ وَيُرْسِلُ اللهُ عَلَيْهِمْ مَطَرًا لَا يَكُنُّ مِنْهُ بَيْتُ وَبَرٍ وَلَا مَدَرٍ، فَيَغْسِلُ الْأَرْضَ فَيَتْرُكُهَا كَالزَّلَفَةِ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ يُقَالُ لِلْأَرْضِ أَخْرِجِي ثَمَرَتَكِ وَرُدِّي بَرَكَتَكِ، فَيَوْمَئِذٍ تَأْكُلُ الْعِصَابَةُ الرُّمَّانَةَ وَيَسْتَظِلُّونَ بِقِحْفِهَا، وَيُبَارَكُ فِي الرِّسْلِ، حَتَّى إِنَّ الْفِئَامَ مِنَ النَّاسِ لَيَكْتَفُونَ بِاللِّقْحَةِ مِنَ الْإِبِلِ، وَإِنَّ الْقَبِيلَةَ لَيَكْتَفُونَ بِاللِّقْحَةِ مِنَ الْبَقَرِ، وَإِنَّ الْفَخِذَ لَيَكْتَفُونَ بِاللِّقْحَةِ مِنَ الْغَنَمِ، فَبَيْنَمَا هُمْ كَذَلِكَ إِذْ بَعَثَ اللهُ رِيحًا فَقَبَضَتْ رُوحَ كُلِّ مُؤْمِنٍ، وَيَبْقَى سَائِرُ النَّاسِ يَتَهَارَجُونَ كَمَا تَتَهَارَجُ الْحُمُرُ، فَعَلَيْهِمْ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ غَرِيبٌ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ بْنِ جَابِرٍ.

Footnotes

1 [1] And it could be: “Speaking so quietly about him, and then loudly.”

1 [1] Two garments or cloths. "It is said that the Mahrūd garment is the one that is dyed with Wars, then saffron, so its color becomes similar to that of a buttercup flower." (An-Nihāyah)

2 [2] Al-Anbiyā' 21:96.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2240

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2240

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 60

What Has Been Related About The Description Of The Dajjāl

Hadith 2241

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2241. Ibn ‘Umar narrated that the Prophet ﷺ was asked about the Dajjāl, so he said: “Lo! Indeed your Lord is not blind in one eye, and indeed he is blind in one eye; his right eye is as if it is a floating grape.” (Sahīh) [He said:] There is something on this topic from Sa’d, Ḥudhaifah, Abū Hurairah, Asmā’, Jābir bin ‘Abdullāh, Abū Bakrah, ‘Aishah, Anas, Ibn ‘Abbās, and Al-Faltān bin ‘Ašim. [Abū ‘Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Sahīh Gharīb as a narration of ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Umar.

Arabic text

٢٢٤١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى الصَّنْعَانِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْمُعْتَمِرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ ، عَنْ ‌عُبَيْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ ، عَنْ ‌نَافِعٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «أَنَّهُ سُئِلَ عَنِ الدَّجَّالِ» فَقَالَ: أَلَا إِنَّ رَبَّكُمْ لَيْسَ بِأَعْوَرَ، أَلَا وَإِنَّهُ أَعْوَرُ، عَيْنُهُ الْيُمْنَى كَأَنَّهَا عِنَبَةٌ طَافِيَةٌ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ سَعْدٍ، وَحُذَيْفَةَ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَأَسْمَاءَ، وَجَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ، وَأَبِي بَكْرَةَ، وَعَائِشَةَ، وَأَنَسٍ، وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَالْفَلَتَانِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ حَدِيثِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2241

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2241

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 61

What Has Been Related About 'The Dajjāl Will Not Enter Al-Madinah'

Hadith 2242

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2242. Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The Dajjāl will come to Al-Madinah to find the angels have surrounded it. Neither the plague nor the Dajjāl will enter it, if Allāh wills." (Sahih) [He said:] There is a narration on this topic from Abū Hurairah, Fāṭimah bint Qais, Mihjan, Usāmah bin Zaid and Samurah bin Jundab. [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Sahih.

Arabic text

٢٢٤٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ الْخُزَاعِيُّ الْبَصْرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌شُعْبَةُ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَأْتِي الدَّجَّالُ» الْمَدِينَةَ فَيَجِدُ الْمَلَائِكَةَ يَحْرُسُونَهَا، فَلَا يَدْخُلُهَا الطَّاعُونُ وَلَا الدَّجَّالُ، إِنْ شَاءَ اللهُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَفَاطِمَةَ بِنْتِ قَيْسٍ، وَأُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، وَسَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدُبٍ، وَمِحْجَنٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ. .

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2242

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2242

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2243

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2243. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Faith is Yemeni, and disbelief is from the direction of the east. Tranquility is for the people of sheep, and wickedness and Riyā is in those who boast among the people of horses and the people of camels. Al-Masih - that is Ad-Dajjāl - will come, and when he reaches behind Uḥud, the angels will turn his face to the direction of Ash-Shām, and it is there that he will be destroyed." (Ṣaḥīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Ḥadīth is [Ḥasan] Ṣaḥīh.

Arabic text

٢٢٤٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «الْإِيمَانُ يَمَانٍ»، وَالْكُفْرُ مِنْ قِبَلِ الْمَشْرِقِ، وَالسَّكِينَةُ لِأَهْلِ الْغَنَمِ، وَالْفَخْرُ وَالرِّيَاءُ فِي الْفَدَّادِينَ أَهْلِ الْخَيْلِ وَأَهْلِ الْوَبَرِ، يَأْتِي الْمَسِيحُ إِذَا جَاءَ دُبُرَ أُحُدٍ صَرَفَتِ الْمَلَائِكَةُ وَجْهَهُ قِبَلَ الشَّامِ، وَهُنَالِكَ يَهْلِكُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ. .

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2243

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2243

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 62

What Has Been Related About 'Eisā Bin Mariam Killing The Dajjāl

Hadith 2244

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2244. Mujammi' bin Jāriyah Al-Anṣārī said: "I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saying: "Eisā bin Maryam will kill the Dajjāl at the gate of Ludd." (Ḥasan) [He said:] There is something on this topic from 'Imrān bin Ḥuṣain, Nāfi' bin 'Utbah, Abū Barzah, Ḥudhaifah bin Asīd, Abū Hurairah, Kaisān, 'Uthmān bin Abī Al-'Ās, Jābir, Abū Umāmah, Ibn Mas'ūd, 'Abdullāh [bin] 'Amr, Samurah bin Jundab, An-Nawwās bin Sam'ān, 'Amr bin 'Awf and Ḥudhaifah bin Al-Yamān. [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Ḥadīth is [Ḥasan] Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٤٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌اللَّيْثُ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ شِهَابٍ ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ ‌عُبَيْدَ اللهِ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ ثَعْلَبَةَ الْأَنْصَارِيَّ يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ مِنْ بَنِي عَمْرِو بْنِ عَوْفٍ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ عَمِّي ‌مُجَمِّعَ بْنَ جَارِيَةَ الْأَنْصَارِيَّ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «يَقْتُلُ ابْنُ مَرْيَمَ» الدَّجَّالَ بِبَابِ لُدٍّ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، وَنَافِعِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ، وَأَبِي بَرْزَةَ، وَحُذَيْفَةَ بْنِ أَسِيدٍ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَكَيْسَانَ، وَعُثْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي الْعَاصِ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَأَبِي أُمَامَةَ، وَابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، وَسَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدُبٍ، وَالنَّوَّاسِ بْنِ سَمْعَانَ، وَعَمْرِو بْنِ عَوْفٍ، وَحُذَيْفَةَ بْنِ الْيَمَانِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ. .

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2244

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2244

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Unnumbered chapter

Untitled chapter

Hadith 2245

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2245. It was narrated that Anas said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'There was no Prophet except that he warned his Ummah of the liar who is blind in one eye. Lo! He is blind in one eye, and your Lord is not blind in one eye. Written between his eyes is: Kāfir.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) This Ḥadīth is [Hasan] Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٤٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شُعْبَةُ ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ‌أَنَسًا قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَا مِنْ نَبِيٍّ إِلَّا وَقَدْ أَنْذَرَ أُمَّتَهُ الْأَعْوَرَ» الْكَذَّابَ، أَلَا إِنَّهُ أَعْوَرُ وَإِنَّ رَبَّكُمْ لَيْسَ بِأَعْوَرَ، مَكْتُوبٌ بَيْنَ عَيْنَيْهِ كَافِرٌ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2245

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2245

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 63

What Has Been Related About Ibn Ṣayyād

Hadith 2246

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2246. Abū Sa‘eed said: “I was accompanied by Ibn Ṣayyād – either performing Hajj or Umrah – the people departed, and he and I were left. When I was alone with him I trembled and felt frightened of him because of what the people were saying about him. When I halted I said to him: ‘Put your belongings near that tree.’” “He saw a sheep, took out a cup, and went to milk, it. Then he came to me with some milk and said to me: ‘Drink Abū Sa‘eed!’ But I loathed drinking anything from his hand because of what the people were saying about him. So I said to him: ‘It is very hot today, and I would not like to drink milk.’ So he said to me: ‘O Abū Sa‘eed, I think I should take a rope, tie it to the tree, then hang myself because of what the people are saying about me. You see those who may be unaware of some narrations, while you are not unaware of them. You people are the most knowledgeable among the people of the Aḥādīth of the Messenger of Allāh, O people obligation towards him. It is because if each one starts doing his duty, the rights of others will automatically be safeguarded. It is for this reason that Islam commands the rulers to fulfill their obligations and exhorts the subjects to fulfill theirs.

Arabic text

٢٢٤٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ وَكِيعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى ، عَنِ ‌الْجُرَيْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: «صَحِبَنِي ابْنُ صَائِدٍ» إِمَّا حُجَّاجًا وَإِمَّا مُعْتَمِرِينَ، فَانْطَلَقَ النَّاسُ وَتُرِكْتُ أَنَا وَهُوَ، فَلَمَّا خَلَصْتُ بِهِ اقْشَعْرَرْتُ مِنْهُ وَاسْتَوْحَشْتُ مِنْهُ مِمَّا يَقُولُ النَّاسُ فِيهِ، فَلَمَّا نَزَلْتُ قُلْتُ لَهُ: ضَعْ مَتَاعَكَ حَيْثُ تِلْكَ الشَّجَرَةِ، قَالَ: فَأَبْصَرَ غَنَمًا، فَأَخَذَ الْقَدَحَ فَانْطَلَقَ فَاسْتَحْلَبَ ثُمَّ أَتَانِي بِلَبَنٍ، فَقَالَ لِي: يَا أَبَا سَعِيدٍ اشْرَبْ، فَكَرِهْتُ أَنْ أَشْرَبَ مِنْ يَدِهِ شَيْئًا لِمَا يَقُولُ النَّاسُ فِيهِ: فَقُلْتُ لَهُ هَذَا الْيَوْمُ يَوْمٌ صَائِفٌ، وَإِنِّي أَكْرَهُ فِيهِ اللَّبَنَ، قَالَ لِي: يَا أَبَا سَعِيدٍ هَمَمْتُ أَنْ آخُذَ حَبْلًا فَأُوثِقَهُ إِلَى شَجَرَةٍ ثُمَّ أَخْتَنِقَ لِمَا يَقُولُ النَّاسُ لِي وَفِيَّ، أَرَأَيْتَ مَنْ خَفِيَ عَلَيْهِ حَدِيثِي، فَلَنْ يَخْفَى عَلَيْكُمْ، أَلَسْتُمْ أَعْلَمَ النَّاسِ بِحَدِيثِ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَا مَعْشَرَ الْأَنْصَارِ؟ أَلَمْ يَقُلْ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: إِنَّهُ كَافِرٌ وَأَنَا مُسْلِمٌ؟ أَلَمْ يَقُلْ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: إِنَّهُ عَقِيمٌ لَا يُولَدُ لَهُ وَقَدْ خَلَّفْتُ وَلَدِي بِالْمَدِينَةِ؟ أَلَمْ يَقُلْ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: لَا تَحِلُّ لَهُ مَكَّةُ وَالْمَدِينَةُ؟ أَلَسْتُ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْمَدِينَةِ وَهُوَ ذَا أَنْطَلِقُ مَعَكَ إِلَى مَكَّةَ؟ فَوَاللهِ مَا زَالَ يَجِيءُ بِهَذَا حَتَّى قُلْتُ فَلَعَلَّهُ مَكْذُوبٌ عَلَيْهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: يَا أَبَا سَعِيدٍ وَاللهِ لَأُخْبِرَنَّكَ خَبَرًا حَقًّا، وَاللهِ إِنِّي لَأَعْرِفُهُ وَأَعْرِفُ وَالِدَهُ، وَأَعْرِفُ أَيْنَ هُوَ السَّاعَةَ مِنَ الْأَرْضِ، فَقُلْتُ تَبًّا لَكَ سَائِرَ الْيَوْمِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2246

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2246

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2247

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2247. It was narrated that Abū Sa'eed said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ met Ibn Ṣā'id on one of the streets of Al-Madīnah, so he stopped him – and he was a Jewish boy with locks – and Abū Bakr and ‘Umar were with him. So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said to him: ‘Do you testify that I am the Messenger of Allāh?’ So he replied: ‘Do you testify that I am Allāh’s messenger?’ So the Prophet ﷺ said: ‘I believe in Allāh, His Angels, His Books, His Messengers, and the Last Day.’ Then the Prophet ﷺ said to him: ‘What do you see?’ He said: ‘I see a throne above the water.’ So the Prophet ﷺ said: ‘He sees the throne of Iblīs above the sea.’ He said: ‘What else do you see?’ He said: ‘I see a truthful one, and two liars – or two truthful ones and a liar.’ So the Prophet ﷺ said: ‘He has been confounded. So leave him.’” (Sahīh) [He said:] There is a narration on this topic from ‘Umar, Ḥusain bin ‘Ali, Ibn ‘Umar, Abū Dharr, Ibn Mas’ud, Jābir and Ḥafṣah. [Abū ‘Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Ḥasan.

Arabic text

٢٢٤٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ وَكِيعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى ، عَنِ ‌الْجُرَيْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: «لَقِيَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ابْنَ صَائِدٍ» فِي بَعْضِ طُرُقِ الْمَدِينَةِ فَاحْتَبَسَهُ، وَهُوَ غُلَامٌ يَهُودِيٌّ وَلَهُ ذُؤَابَةٌ وَمَعَهُ أَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ، فَقَالَ لَهُ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: تَشْهَدُ أَنِّي رَسُولُ اللهِ فَقَالَ: أَتَشْهَدُ أَنْتَ أَنِّي رَسُولُ اللهِ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: آمَنْتُ بِاللهِ وَمَلَائِكَتِهِ وَكُتُبِهِ وَرُسُلِهِ وَالْيَوْمِ الْآخِرِ. قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: مَا تَرَى؟ قَالَ: أَرَى عَرْشًا فَوْقَ الْمَاءِ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: يَرَى عَرْشَ إِبْلِيسَ فَوْقَ الْبَحْرِ. قَالَ: فَمَا تَرَى؟ قَالَ: أَرَى صَادِقًا وَكَاذِبِينَ أَوْ صَادِقَيْنِ وَكَاذِبًا، قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: لُبِسَ عَلَيْهِ فَدَعَاهُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عُمَرَ، وَحُسَيْنِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ، وَابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَأَبِي ذَرٍّ، وَابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، وَجَابِرٍ، وَحَفْصَةَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ. .

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2247

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2247

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2248

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2248. It was narrated from ‘Abdur-Rahmān bin Abī Bakrah from his father who said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘The father of the Dajjāl and his mother, will abide for thirty years without bearing a son. Then a boy shall be born to them, having one eye in which there is some defect, providing little use. His eyes sleep but his heart does not sleep.' Then the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ described his parents for us: 'His father is tall, with little fat, with a nose as if it were a beak. His mother is a bulky woman with long breasts.'" So Abū Bakrah said: "I heard about a child being born to some Jews in Al-Madinah. So Az-Zubair bin Al-'Awwām and I went until we entered upon his parents. They appeared as the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ had described them. We said: 'Do you have any children?' They said: 'We remained for thirty years without any children being born to us, then we bore a boy, having one eye in which there is some defect, providing little use. His eyes sleep but his heart does not sleep.'" He said: "So we were leaving them, when he appeared, glittering in the sunlight in a velvet garment, murmuring something. He uncovered his head and said: 'What were you saying?' We said: 'Did you hear what we were saying?' He said: 'Yes, that my eyes sleep but my heart does not sleep.'" (Ḍa'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Ḥasan Gharīb, we do not know of it except as a narration of Ḥammād bin Salamah.

Arabic text

٢٢٤٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ مُعَاوِيَةَ الْجُمَحِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَلِيِّ بْنِ زَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَمْكُثُ أَبُو الدَّجَّالِ وَأُمُّهُ ثَلَاثِينَ عَامًا لَا يُولَدُ لَهُمَا وَلَدٌ،» ثُمَّ يُولَدُ لَهُمَا غُلَامٌ أَعْوَرُ أَضَرُّ شَيْءٍ وَأَقَلُّهُ مَنْفَعَةً، تَنَامُ عَيْنَاهُ وَلَا يَنَامُ قَلْبُهُ ثُمَّ نَعَتَ لَنَا رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَبَوَيْهِ فَقَالَ: أَبُوهُ طُوَالٌ ضَرْبُ اللَّحْمِ، كَأَنَّ أَنْفَهُ مِنْقَارٌ، وَأُمُّهُ فِرْضَاخِيَّةٌ طَوِيلَةُ الثَّدْيَيْنِ فَقَالَ أَبُو بَكْرَةَ: فَسَمِعْنَا بِمَوْلُودٍ فِي الْيَهُودِ بِالْمَدِينَةِ، فَذَهَبْتُ أَنَا وَالزُّبَيْرُ بْنُ الْعَوَّامِ حَتَّى دَخَلْنَا عَلَى أَبَوَيْهِ، فَإِذَا نَعْتُ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِيهِمَا، فَقُلْنَا: هَلْ لَكُمَا وَلَدٌ؟ فَقَالَا: مَكَثْنَا ثَلَاثِينَ عَامًا لَا يُولَدُ لَنَا وَلَدٌ ثُمَّ وُلِدَ لَنَا غُلَامٌ أَعْوَرُ أَضَرُّ شَيْءٍ وَأَقَلُّهُ مَنْفَعَةً، تَنَامُ عَيْنَاهُ وَلَا يَنَامُ قَلْبُهُ، قَالَ: فَخَرَجْنَا مِنْ عِنْدِهِمَا، فَإِذَا هُوَ مُنْجَدِلٌ فِي الشَّمْسِ فِي قَطِيفَةٍ لَهُ، وَلَهُ هَمْهَمَةٌ فَتَكَشَّفَ عَنْ رَأْسِهِ فَقَالَ: مَا قُلْتُمَا؟ قُلْنَا: وَهَلْ سَمِعْتَ مَا قُلْنَا؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ تَنَامُ عَيْنَايَ وَلَا يَنَامُ قَلْبِي. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ حَمَّادِ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2248

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2248

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 64

‘A Hundred Years Shall Not Pass While A Soul Born Upon the Earth Today Survives’

Hadith 2249

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2249. It was narrated from Ibn ‘Umar, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ passed by Ibn Ṣayyād with a group of his Companions – among them ‘Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb – while he was playing with two boys at the fort of Banū Maghālah, and he was a boy. He did not realize until the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ struck him with his hand on his back, then he said: “Do you testify that I am the Messenger of Allāh?” So Ibn Ṣayyād looked at him, and said: ‘I testify that you are the Messenger to the illiterates.’” He said: “Then Ibn Ṣayyād said to the Prophet ﷺ: ‘Do you testify that I am the Messenger of Allāh?’ So the Prophet ﷺ said: ‘I believe in Allāh and His Messengers.’ Then the Prophet ﷺ said: ‘Who has come to you?’ Ibn Ṣayyād said: ‘A truthful one and a liar came to me.’ So the Prophet ﷺ said: ‘The matter has been confused for you.’ Then the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘I have concealed something from you.’ And he had concealed: The day when the sky will bring forth a visible smoke.[1] Ibn Ṣayyād said: ‘It is, “Ad-Dukh.”’” So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Beat it! You can never surpass your ability.' Umar said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! Permit me to chop off his head!' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'If he is indeed him, then you will never overpower him, and if he is not, then there is no good in you killing him.'" (Sahih) Abdur-Razzāq said: "Meaning: The Dajjal." [Abū 'Eisā said: This Hadīth is Hasan Sahih.]

Arabic text

٢٢٤٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مَعْمَرٌ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ ‌سَالِمٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَّ بِابْنِ صَيَّادٍ» فِي نَفَرٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ فِيهِمْ عُمَرُ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ وَهُوَ يَلْعَبُ مَعَ الْغِلْمَانِ عِنْدَ أُطُمِ بَنِي مَغَالَةَ، وَهُوَ غُلَامٌ فَلَمْ يَشْعُرْ حَتَّى ضَرَبَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ظَهْرَهُ بِيَدِهِ ثُمَّ قَالَ: أَتَشْهَدُ أَنِّي رَسُولُ اللهِ؟ فَنَظَرَ إِلَيْهِ ابْنُ صَيَّادٍ قَالَ: أَشْهَدُ أَنَّكَ رَسُولُ الْأُمِّيِّينَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ ابْنُ صَيَّادٍ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: أَتَشْهَدُ أَنْتَ أَنِّي رَسُولُ اللهِ؟ فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: آمَنْتُ بِاللهِ وَبِرُسُلِهِ ثُمَّ قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: مَا يَأْتِيكَ؟ قَالَ ابْنُ صَيَّادٍ: يَأْتِينِي صَادِقٌ وَكَاذِبٌ فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: خُلِّطَ عَلَيْكَ الْأَمْرُ ثُمَّ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: إِنِّي خَبَأْتُ لَكَ خَبِيئًا، وَخَبَأَ لَهُ {يَوْمَ تَأْتِي السَّمَاءُ بِدُخَانٍ مُبِينٍ} فَقَالَ ابْنُ صَيَّادٍ: هُوَ الدُّخُّ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: اخْسَأْ، فَلَنْ تَعْدُوَ قَدْرَكَ قَالَ عُمَرُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ ائْذَنْ لِي فَأَضْرِبَ عُنُقَهُ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: إِنْ يَكُ حَقًّا فَلَنْ تُسَلَّطَ عَلَيْهِ، وَإِنْ لَا يَكُنْهُ فَلَا خَيْرَ لَكَ فِي قَتْلِهِ. قَالَ عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ: يَعْنِي الدَّجَّالَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ. .

Footnotes

1 [1] Ad-Dukhān 44:10.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2249

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2249

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2250

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2250. It was narrated from Jābir, that the Prophet ﷺ said: "There is no soul born upon the earth – meaning today – upon whom will come one hundred years." (Sahih) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Ibn 'Umar, Abū Sa'eed, and Buraidah. [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan.

Arabic text

٢٢٥٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَنَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ ‌جَابِرٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَا عَلَى الْأَرْضِ نَفْسٌ مَنْفُوسَةٌ» يَعْنِي الْيَوْمَ يَأْتِي عَلَيْهَا مِائَةُ سَنَةٍ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ، وَبُرَيْدَةَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ. .

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2250

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2250

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2251

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2251. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar, that he said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ lead us in Salāt one night for Salāt Al- 'Ishā' during the end of his life. When he said the Taslīm he stood and said: 'Do you see this night of yours, upon the head of one hundred years from it, there shall not remain anyone who is upon the surface of the earth today.' Ibn 'Umar said: 'So, people misunderstood the saying of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, in what they say based on these Ahādīth about one hundred years. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ only said: 'There shall not remain anyone who is upon the surface of the earth today.' Meaning, that generation would end." (Sahīh) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Sahīh.

Arabic text

٢٢٥١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مَعْمَرٌ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ ‌سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ ‌وَأَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ سُلَيْمَانَ وَهُوَ ابْنُ أَبِي حَثْمَةَ أَنَّ ‌عَبْدَ اللهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ قَالَ: «صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ صَلَاةَ الْعِشَاءِ فِي آخِرِ حَيَاتِهِ، فَلَمَّا سَلَّمَ قَالَ: أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ لَيْلَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ عَلَى رَأْسِ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ مِنْهَا لَا يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الْأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ». قَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ: فَوَهِلَ النَّاسُ فِي مَقَالَةِ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تِلْكَ فِيمَا يَتَحَدَّثُونَهُ مِنْ هَذِهِ الْأَحَادِيثِ عَنْ مِائَةِ سَنَةٍ، وَإِنَّمَا قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: لَا يَبْقَى مِمَّنْ هُوَ الْيَوْمَ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الْأَرْضِ أَحَدٌ يُرِيدُ بِذَلِكَ أَنْ يَنْخَرِمَ ذَلِكَ الْقَرْنُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. .

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2251

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2251

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 65

What Has Been Related About The Prohibition Of Cursing The Wind

Hadith 2252

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2252. It was narrated from Ubayy bin Ka'b that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Do not curse the wind. When you see what you dislike, then say: 'Allāhumma innā nas-aluka min khairi hādhihir-rih, wa khairi mā fihā wa khairi mā umirat bihi wa na'udhu bika min sharri hādhihir-rih wa sharri mā fihā wa sharri mā umirat bihi'" ('O Allāh! Indeed we ask you of the good of this wind, and the good of what is in it, and the good of what it has been commanded. And we seek refuge in You from the evil of this wind, and the evil of what is in it, and the evil of what it has been commanded.)" (Hasan) [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from 'Aishah, Abū Hurairah, 'Uthmān bin Abī Al-'Ās, Anas, Ibn 'Abbās and Jābir. [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٥٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ حَبِيبِ بْنِ الشَّهِيدِ الْبَصْرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْأَعْمَشُ ، عَنْ ‌حَبِيبِ بْنِ أَبِي ثَابِتٍ ، عَنْ ‌ذَرٍّ ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبْزَى، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَسُبُّوا» الرِّيحَ، فَإِذَا رَأَيْتُمْ مَا تَكْرَهُونَ فَقُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ إِنَّا نَسْأَلُكَ مِنْ خَيْرِ هَذِهِ الرِّيحِ وَخَيْرِ مَا فِيهَا وَخَيْرِ مَا أُمِرَتْ بِهِ، وَنَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ شَرِّ هَذِهِ الرِّيحِ وَشَرِّ مَا فِيهَا وَشَرِّ مَا أُمِرَتْ بِهِ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَعُثْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي الْعَاصِ، وَأَنَسٍ، وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَجَابِرٍ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. .

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2252

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2252

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 66

The Hadīth Of Tamīm Ad-Dārī About The Dajjāl

Hadith 2253

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2253. Fātimah bint Qais narrated that Allāh's Prophet ﷺ ascended the Minbar, he laughed, and said: "Verily, Tamīm Ad-Dārī narrated a story to me, and it made me happy, so I wanted to narrate it to you [what he narrated to me]. Some people among the inhabitants of Palestine traveled by boat in the sea, taking them here and there, until it cast them on an island among the islands at sea. There they found a beast, clothed with its hair flowing out. They said: 'What are you?' It said: 'I am Al-Jassāsah.' They said: 'Give us some news.' It said: 'I shall not give you any news, nor do I want any of your news. But go to the furthest village, for there is someone who will give you news and seek your news.' So we went to the furthest village, and there was a man fettered with chains. He said: 'Inform me about the spring of Zughar.' We said: 'It is full and flowing.' He said: 'Inform me about Al-Buhairah.'[1] We said, 'It is full and flowing.' He said: 'Inform me about the date groves of Baysān which is between Jordan and Palestine, do they produce food?' We said: 'Yes.' He said: 'Inform me about the Prophet, has he been sent?' We said: 'Yes.' He said: 'Inform me how the people came to him.' We said: 'Quickly.' He leaped up to try and escape.' We said: 'What are you?' He said: 'I am the Dajjāl.'" (The Prophet ﷺ said) "He will enter all of the lands except Aṭ-Ṭaibah, and Aṭ-Ṭaibah is Al-Madinah." (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Ḥasan Ṣaḥīḥ Gharīb as a narration of Qatādah from Ash-Sha'bī. It has been reported by more than one from Ash-Sha'bī from Fāṭimah bint Qais.

Arabic text

٢٢٥٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُعَاذُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبِي ، عَنْ ‌قَتَادَةَ ، عَنِ ‌الشَّعْبِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌فَاطِمَةَ بِنْتِ قَيْسٍ، «أَنَّ نَبِيَّ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَعِدَ الْمِنْبَرَ فَضَحِكَ فَقَالَ: إِنَّ تَمِيمًا الدَّارِيَّ،» حَدَّثَنِي بِحَدِيثٍ فَفَرِحْتُ بِهِ، فَأَحْبَبْتُ أَنْ أُحَدِّثَكُمْ، حَدَّثَنِي أَنَّ نَاسًا مِنْ أَهْلِ فِلَسْطِينَ رَكِبُوا سَفِينَةً فِي الْبَحْرِ فَجَالَتْ بِهِمْ حَتَّى قَذَفَتْهُمْ فِي جَزِيرَةٍ مِنْ جَزَائِرِ الْبَحْرِ، فَإِذَا هُمْ بِدَابَّةٍ لَبَّاسَةٍ نَاشِرَةٍ شَعَرَهَا، فَقَالُوا: مَا أَنْتِ؟ قَالَتْ: أَنَا الْجَسَّاسَةُ، قَالُوا: فَأَخْبِرِينَا، قَالَتْ: لَا أُخْبِرُكُمْ وَلَا أَسْتَخْبِرُكُمْ، وَلَكِنِ ائْتُوا أَقْصَى الْقَرْيَةِ، فَإِنَّ ثَمَّ مَنْ يُخْبِرُكُمْ وَيَسْتَخْبِرُكُمْ، فَأَتَيْنَا أَقْصَى الْقَرْيَةِ، فَإِذَا رَجُلٌ مُوثَقٌ بِسِلْسِلَةٍ، فَقَالَ: أَخْبِرُونِي عَنْ عَيْنِ زُغَرَ، قُلْنَا: مَلْأَى تَدَفَّقُ، قَالَ: أَخْبِرُونِي عَنِ الْبُحَيْرَةِ، قُلْنَا: مَلْأَى تَدَفَّقُ، قَالَ: أَخْبِرُونِي عَنْ نَخْلِ بَيْسَانَ الَّذِي بَيْنَ الْأُرْدُنِّ وَفِلَسْطِينَ هَلْ أَطْعَمَ؟ قُلْنَا: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: أَخْبِرُونِي عَنِ النَّبِيِّ هَلْ بُعِثَ؟ قُلْنَا: نَعَمْ. قَالَ: أَخْبِرُونِي كَيْفَ النَّاسُ إِلَيْهِ؟ قُلْنَا: سِرَاعٌ، قَالَ: فَنَزَّى نَزْوَةً حَتَّى كَادَ، قُلْنَا: فَمَا أَنْتَ؟ قَالَ: أَنَا الدَّجَّالُ، وَإِنَّهُ يَدْخُلُ الْأَمْصَارَ كُلَّهَا إِلَّا طَيْبَةَ، وَطَيْبَةُ الْمَدِينَةُ. وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ، غَرِيبٌ مِنْ حَدِيثِ قَتَادَةَ عَنِ الشَّعْبِيِّ، وَقَدْ رَوَاهُ غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ عَنِ الشَّعْبِيِّ عَنْ فَاطِمَةَ بِنْتِ قَيْسٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2253

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2253

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 67

Not Taking On A Trial Which One Is Not Able To Bear

Hadith 2254

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2254. It was narrated from Hudhaifah, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "It is not for the believer to humiliate himself." They said: "How does he humiliate himself?" He said: "By taking on a trial which he can not bear."[1] (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Gharīb.

Arabic text

٢٢٥٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَمْرُو بْنُ عَاصِمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ ‌عَلِيِّ بْنِ زَيْدٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْحَسَنِ ، عَنْ ‌جُنْدُبٍ ، عَنْ ‌حُذَيْفَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يَنْبَغِي لِلْمُؤْمِنِ أَنْ يُذِلَّ نَفْسَهُ. قَالُوا: وَكَيْفَ يُذِلُّ نَفْسَهُ؟ قَالَ: يَتَعَرَّضُ مِنَ الْبَلَاءِ لِمَا لَا يُطِيقُ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ. .

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2254

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2254

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 68

'Help Your Brother Whether He Is An Oppressor Or Oppressed'

Hadith 2255

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2255. It was narrated from Anas bin Mālik, that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Help your brother whether he is an oppressor or oppressed.” It was said: “O Messenger of Allāh! I help him when he is oppressed. But how can I help him when he oppresses?” He said: “Prevent him from oppression, that is your help for him.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) [He said:] There is something on this topic from ‘Aishah. [Abū ‘Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٥٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ حَاتِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حُمَيْدٌ الطَّوِيلُ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «انْصُرْ أَخَاكَ ظَالِمًا أَوْ مَظْلُومًا». قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، نَصَرْتُهُ مَظْلُومًا، فَكَيْفَ أَنْصُرُهُ ظَالِمًا؟ قَالَ: تَكُفُّهُ عَنِ الظُّلْمِ، فَذَاكَ نَصْرُكَ إِيَّاهُ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ. .

Footnotes

1 [1] There are numerous chains of narration for it, one of which Al-'Irāqī called: "Jayyid," (see Musnad Ahmad 5:405; Ar-Risālah) and Aṣ-Ṣaḥīḥah no. 613 where Shaikh Al-Albānī graded it Hasan. The meaning of this Hadīth, is that it is part of faith to recognize one's worth and abilities and lack there of, and that taking a burden one can not bear is a form of injustice and oppression, and Allāh does not oppress His creatures, but they oppress themselves, with the exception of the believer. And it is a fitting prelude and comment on the following Hadīth.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2255

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2255

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 69

'Whoever Comes To The Door Of The Sulṭān He Will Suffer A Fitnah'

Hadith 2256

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2256. It was narrated from Ibn ‘Abbās, that the Prophet ﷺ said: “Whoever resides in the deserts, he becomes ignorant, whoever follows game, he becomes heedless, and whoever comes to the door of the Sulṭān, he will suffer a Fitnah.” (Hasan) [He said:] There is a narration on this topic from Abū Hurairah. [Abū ‘Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan [Ṣaḥīḥ] Gharīb as a narration of Ibn ‘Abbās, we do not know of it except from the narration of Ath-Thawrī.

Arabic text

٢٢٥٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي مُوسَى ، عَنْ ‌وَهْبِ بْنِ مُنَبِّهٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ سَكَنَ الْبَادِيَةَ جَفَا»، وَمَنِ اتَّبَعَ الصَّيْدَ غَفَلَ، وَمَنْ أَتَى أَبْوَابَ السُّلْطَانِ افْتُتِنَ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ حَدِيثِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ الثَّوْرِيِّ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2256

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2256

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 70

Regarding Adhering To Taqwā Of Allāh During Victory And Aid

Hadith 2257

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2257. ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin ‘Abdullāh bin Mas‘ūd narrated from his father, that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Indeed you shall be aided, capturing, and victorious,[1] so whoever among you sees that, then let him have Taqwā of Allāh, and let him command the good and forbid the evil, and whoever lies about me on purpose, then let him take his seat in the Fire.” (Sahih) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Hasan Sahih.

Arabic text

٢٢٥٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو دَاوُدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شُعْبَةُ ، عَنْ ‌سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ‌عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِنَّكُمْ مَنْصُورُونَ وَمُصِيبُونَ وَمَفْتُوحٌ لَكُمْ،» فَمَنْ أَدْرَكَ ذَلِكَ مِنْكُمْ، فَلْيَتَّقِ اللهَ وَلْيَأْمُرْ بِالْمَعْرُوفِ، وَلْيَنْهَ عَنِ الْمُنْكَرِ وَمَنْ كَذَبَ عَلَيَّ مُتَعَمِّدًا، فَلْيَتَبَوَّأْ مَقْعَدَهُ مِنَ النَّارِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2257

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2257

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 71

The Fitnah That Spreads Like The Waves Of The Sea

Hadith 2258

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2258. Abū Wā'il narrated from Ḥudhaifah that 'Umar said: "Which of you remembers what the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said about the Fitnah?" So Ḥudhaifah said: "I do." Ḥudhaifah said: "A man's Fitnah is in his family, his wealth, his children, and his neighbors. It is atoned for by the Salāt, fasting, charity, and by commanding good and forbidding evil." 'Umar said: "I am not asking you about this. Rather, about the Fitnah that spreads like the waves of the sea." He said: "O Commander of the Believers! Between you and it is a closed door." 'Umar said: "Will it be opened or broken?" He said: "It will be broken." He said: "Then it will never be closed until the Day of Judgement." (Sahīh) In the narration of Ḥammād, Abū Wā'il said: "I said to Masrūq: 'Ask Ḥudhaifah about the door.' So he asked him, and he said: "(That door is) 'Umar (himself)." [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Sahīh.

Arabic text

٢٢٥٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو دَاوُدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌شُعْبَةُ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْمَشِ ‌وَحَمَّادٍ ‌وَعَاصِمِ بْنِ بَهْدَلَةَ سَمِعُوا ‌أَبَا وَائِلٍ، عَنْ ‌حُذَيْفَةَ قَالَ: «قَالَ عُمَرُ»: أَيُّكُمْ يَحْفَظُ مَا قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الْفِتْنَةِ، فَقَالَ حُذَيْفَةُ: أَنَا. قَالَ ‌حُذَيْفَةُ : فِتْنَةُ الرَّجُلِ فِي أَهْلِهِ وَمَالِهِ وَوَلَدِهِ وَجَارِهِ تُكَفِّرُهَا الصَّلَاةُ وَالصَّوْمُ وَالصَّدَقَةُ وَالْأَمْرُ بِالْمَعْرُوفِ وَالنَّهْيُ عَنِ الْمُنْكَرِ فَقَالَ عُمَرُ: لَسْتُ عَنْ هَذَا أَسْأَلُكَ، وَلَكِنْ عَنِ الْفِتْنَةِ الَّتِي تَمُوجُ كَمَوْجِ الْبَحْرِ، قَالَ: يَا أَمِيرَ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ إِنَّ بَيْنَكَ وَبَيْنَهَا بَابًا مُغْلَقًا، قَالَ عُمَرُ: أَيُفْتَحُ أَمْ يُكْسَرُ؟ قَالَ: بَلْ يُكْسَرُ. قَالَ: إِذًا لَا يُغْلَقُ إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ. قَالَ أَبُو وَائِلٍ فِي حَدِيثِ حَمَّادٍ: فَقُلْتُ لِمَسْرُوقٍ: سَلْ حُذَيْفَةَ عَنِ الْبَابِ، فَسَأَلَهُ فَقَالَ: عُمَرُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2258

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2258

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 72

Regarding The Danger Of Agreeing With Evil Leaders

Hadith 2259

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2259. It was narrated from Ka'b bin 'Ujrah who said: "The Messenger of Allah ﷺ came out to us, we were made up of nine; five and four. The first of the numbers for the Arabs, and the latter for the non-Arabs. He said: 'Listen, have you heard that after me there will be leaders, whoever enters upon them and condones to their lies, and supports them in their oppression, then he is not from me and I am not from him, and he shall not drink with me from the Hawd. And whoever does not enter upon them, nor help them in their oppression, nor condones to their lies, then he is from me, and I am from him, and he shall drink with me at the Hawd.'" (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Sahih Gharīb, we do not know of it as a narration of Mis'ar except from this route. (Another chain) with similar narration. [He said:] There are narrations on this topic from Hudhaifah and Ibn 'Umar.

Arabic text

٢٢٥٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌هَارُونُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ الْهَمْدَانِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْوَهَّابِ ، عَنْ ‌مِسْعَرٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي حَصِينٍ، عَنِ ‌الشَّعْبِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌عَاصِمٍ الْعَدَوِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ قَالَ: «خَرَجَ إِلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَنَحْنُ تِسْعَةٌ، خَمْسَةٌ وَأَرْبَعَةٌ، أَحَدُ الْعَدَدَيْنِ مِنَ الْعَرَبِ، وَالْآخَرُ مِنَ الْعَجَمِ، فَقَالَ: اسْمَعُوا هَلْ سَمِعْتُمْ أَنَّهُ سَيَكُونُ بَعْدِي أُمَرَاءُ،» فَمَنْ دَخَلَ عَلَيْهِمْ فَصَدَّقَهُمْ بِكَذِبِهِمْ وَأَعَانَهُمْ عَلَى ظُلْمِهِمْ، فَلَيْسَ مِنِّي وَلَسْتُ مِنْهُ، وَلَيْسَ بِوَارِدٍ عَلَيَّ الْحَوْضَ، وَمَنْ لَمْ يَدْخُلْ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَمْ يُعِنْهُمْ عَلَى ظُلْمِهِمْ وَلَمْ يُصَدِّقْهُمْ بِكَذِبِهِمْ فَهُوَ مِنِّي وَأَنَا مِنْهُ، وَهُوَ وَارِدٌ عَلَيَّ الْحَوْضَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ غَرِيبٌ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ مِنْ حَدِيثِ مِسْعَرٍ إِلَّا مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ. ٢٢٥٩ (م ١) - قَالَ ‌هَارُونُ: فَحَدَّثَنِي ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْوَهَّابِ ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي حَصِينٍ، عَنِ ‌الشَّعْبِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌عَاصِمٍ الْعَدَوِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، نَحْوَهُ. ٢٢٥٩ (م ٢) - قَالَ ‌هَارُونُ: وَحَدَّثَنِي ‌مُحَمَّدٌ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، عَنْ ‌زُبَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَلَيْسَ بِالنَّخَعِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ مِسْعَرٍ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2259

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2259

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 73

The One Who Is Patient Upon His Religion During Fitan Is Like One Holding An Ember

Hadith 2260

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2260. Anas bin Mālik narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "There shall come upon the people a time in which the one who is patient upon his religion will be like the one holding onto a burning ember." (Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Gharīb from this route. 'Umar bin Shākīr is a Shaikh from Al-Baṣrah, and more than one of the people of knowledge reported from him.

Arabic text

٢٢٦٠ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْفَزَارِيُّ ابْنُ بِنْتِ السُّدِّيِّ الْكُوفِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عُمَرُ بْنُ شَاكِرٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ الصَّابِرُ فِيهِمْ عَلَى دِينِهِ كَالْقَابِضِ عَلَى الْجَمْرِ». هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ، وَعُمَرُ بْنُ شَاكِرٍ شَيْخٌ بَصْرِيٌّ قَدْ رَوَى عَنْهُ غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِلْمِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2260

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2260

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 74

When The Evil Among My Ummah Will Be Set Over The Best Of Them

Hadith 2261

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2261. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin Dīnār, that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'When my Ummah walks in a proud march, and its servants are the children of kings, children of Persians and Romans, the vilest of them will be set over the best of them'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Ḥadīth is Gharīb, Abū Mu'āwiyah reported it from Yaḥya bin Sa'eed Al-Anṣārī. (Another chain) from Abū Mu'āwiyah, from Yaḥya bin Sa'eed Al-Anṣārī, from 'Abdullāh bin Dīnār, from Ibn 'Umar from the Prophet ﷺ with similar meaning. And there is no basis known for the narration of Abū Mu'āwiyah from Yaḥya bin Sa'eed, from 'Abdullāh bin Dīnār, from Ibn 'Umar; what is known is only the narration of Mūsā bin 'Ubaidah (the chain and narration of no. 2261). And Mālik bin Anas has reported this Ḥadīth from Yaḥya bin Sa'eed, in Mursal form, and he did not mention in it: "Abdullāh bin Dīnār, from Ibn 'Umar."

Arabic text

٢٢٦١ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُوسَى بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْكِنْدِيُّ الْكُوفِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌زَيْدُ بْنُ حُبَابٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي ‌مُوسَى بْنُ عُبَيْدَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ‌عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ دِينَارٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا مَشَتْ أُمَّتِي بِالْمُطَيْطِيَاءِ،» وَخَدَمَهَا أَبْنَاءُ الْمُلُوكِ أَبْنَاءُ فَارِسَ وَالرُّومِ سُلِّطَ شِرَارُهَا عَلَى خِيَارِهَا. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ. ٢٢٦١ (م) - وَقَدْ رَوَاهُ ‌أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ عَنْ ‌يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ. حَدَّثَنَا بِذَلِكَ ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ الْوَاسِطِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ ، عَنْ ‌يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَهُ، وَلَا يُعْرَفُ لِحَدِيثِ أَبِي مُعَاوِيَةَ عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ أَصْلٌ، إِنَّمَا الْمَعْرُوفُ حَدِيثُ مُوسَى بْنِ عُبَيْدَةَ، وَقَدْ رَوَى مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ مُرْسَلًا، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ فِيهِ: عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2261

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2261

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 75

What Has Been Related About “A People Will Never Succeed Who Give Their Leadership To A Woman”

Hadith 2262

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2262. Abū Bakrah said: “Allāh restrained me with something that I heard from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. When Kisra was destroyed, he said: ‘Who did they have to succeed him?’ They said: ‘His daughter.’ So the Prophet ﷺ said: ‘A people will never succeed who give their leadership to a woman.’” He said: “So when ‘Aishah arrived – meaning in Al-Baṣrah – I remembered the saying of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, so Allāh restrained me by it.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū ‘Eisā said:] This Ḥadīth is [Ḥasan] Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٦٢ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌حُمَيْدٌ الطَّوِيلُ ، عَنِ ‌الْحَسَنِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي بَكْرَةَ قَالَ: «عَصَمَنِي اللهُ بِشَيْءٍ سَمِعْتُهُ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمَّا هَلَكَ كِسْرَى،» قَالَ: مَنِ اسْتَخْلَفُوا؟ قَالُوا: ابْنَتَهُ. فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: لَنْ يُفْلِحَ قَوْمٌ وَلَّوْا أَمْرَهُمُ امْرَأَةً، قَالَ: فَلَمَّا قَدِمَتْ عَائِشَةُ يَعْنِي الْبَصْرَةَ، ذَكَرْتُ قَوْلَ رَسُولِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَعَصَمَنِي اللهُ بِهِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2262

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2262

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 76

The Hadīth "The Best Of You Is The One Whose Goodness Is Hoped For And Whose Evil People Are Safe From"

Hadith 2263

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2263. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came across some people who were sitting, so he said: 'Shall I not inform you of the best of you from your worst?' He said: "They became silent, so he said that three times, then a man said: 'Of course, O Messenger of Allāh! Inform us of the best among us from our worst.' He said: 'The best of you is the one whose goodness is hoped for, and people are safe from his evil. And the worst of you is he whose goodness is not hoped for, and people are not safe from his evil.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is [Hasan] Ṣaḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٦٣ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ ، عَنِ ‌الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَقَفَ عَلَى نَاسٍ جُلُوسٍ فَقَالَ: أَلَا أُخْبِرُكُمْ بِخَيْرِكُمْ مِنْ شَرِّكُمْ» قَالَ: فَسَكَتُوا، فَقَالَ: ذَلِكَ ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ، فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ: بَلَى، يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ أَخْبِرْنَا بِخَيْرِنَا مِنْ شَرِّنَا، قَالَ: خَيْرُكُمْ مَنْ يُرْجَى خَيْرُهُ وَيُؤْمَنُ شَرُّهُ، وَشَرُّكُمْ مَنْ لَا يُرْجَى خَيْرُهُ وَلَا يُؤْمَنُ شَرُّهُ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2263

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2263

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 77

Regarding The Best Of Leaders And Their Worst

Hadith 2264

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2264. 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Shall I not inform you of the best of your leaders and the worst of them: The best of them are those whom you love and they love you, you supplicate for them, and they supplicate for you. And the vilest of your leaders are those who hate you, and you hate them, and they curse you and you curse them." (Sahih) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is [Hasan] Gharīb, we do not know of it except as a narration of Muḥammad bin Abī Humaid, and Muḥammad was graded weak due to his memory.

Arabic text

٢٢٦٤ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَبُو عَامِرٍ الْعَقَدِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌عُمَرَ بْنِ الْخَطَّابِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أَلَا أُخْبِرُكُمْ بِخِيَارِ أُمَرَائِكُمْ وَشِرَارِهِمْ»؟ خِيَارُهُمُ الَّذِينَ تُحِبُّونَهُمْ وَيُحِبُّونَكُمْ وَتَدْعُونَ لَهُمْ وَيَدْعُونَ لَكُمْ، وَشِرَارُ أُمَرَائِكُمُ الَّذِينَ تُبْغِضُونَهُمْ وَيُبْغِضُونَكُمْ وَتَلْعَنُونَهُمْ وَيَلْعَنُونَكُمْ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ: لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ، وَمُحَمَّدٌ يُضَعَّفُ مِنْ قِبَلِ حِفْظِهِ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2264

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2264

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 78

When The Surface Of The Earth Is Better Than Its Belly, And When It Is Worse

Hadith 2265

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2265. Umm Salamah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Indeed there shall come upon you A'immah whom you like (what they do) and some (of what they do) you dislike. So whoever rejects, then he is innocent, and whoever loathes, then he is safe. But whoever is pleased and follows." It was said: "O Messenger of Allāh! Shall we fight them?" He said: "No, as long as they offer Ṣalāt ." (Saḥīḥ) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Ḥadīth is Ḥasan Saḥīḥ.

Arabic text

٢٢٦٥ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْخَلَّالُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌هِشَامُ بْنُ حَسَّانَ، عَنِ ‌الْحَسَنِ ، عَنْ ‌ضَبَّةَ بْنِ مِحْصَنٍ ، عَنْ ‌أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّهُ سَيَكُونُ عَلَيْكُمْ أَئِمَّةٌ تَعْرِفُونَ وَتُنْكِرُونَ،» فَمَنْ أَنْكَرَ فَقَدْ بَرِئَ، وَمَنْ كَرِهَ فَقَدْ سَلِمَ، وَلَكِنْ مَنْ رَضِيَ وَتَابَعَ فَقِيلَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ أَفَلَا نُقَاتِلُهُمْ؟ قَالَ: لَا، مَا صَلَّوْا. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2265

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2265

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2266

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2266. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When your leaders are the best of you, the richest are the most generous among you, and your affairs are consulted among you, then the surface of the earth is better for you than its belly. And when your leaders are the worst of you, the richest are the stingiest among you, and your affairs are referred to your women, then the belly of the earth is better for you than its surface." (Da'if) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Ḥadīth is Gharīb, we do not know of it except as a narration of Ṣāliḥ Al-Murri, and Ṣāliḥ Al-Murri has some Gharā'ib (oddities) in his narrations [which he is alone with], not being followed up in them (by anyone else) and he is a righteous man.

Arabic text

٢٢٦٦ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْأَشْقَرُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌يُونُسُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ ‌وَهَاشِمُ بْنُ الْقَاسِمِ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ‌صَالِحٌ الْمُرِّيُّ ، عَنْ ‌سَعِيدٍ الْجُرَيْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي عُثْمَانَ النَّهْدِيِّ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا كَانَ أُمَرَاؤُكُمْ خِيَارَكُمْ وَأَغْنِيَاؤُكُمْ سُمَحَاءَكُمْ» وَأُمُورُكُمْ شُورَى بَيْنَكُمْ فَظَهْرُ الْأَرْضِ خَيْرٌ لَكُمْ مِنْ بَطْنِهَا، وَإِذَا كَانَ أُمَرَاؤُكُمْ شِرَارَكُمْ وَأَغْنِيَاؤُكُمْ بُخَلَاءَكُمْ وَأُمُورُكُمْ إِلَى نِسَائِكُمْ فَبَطْنُ الْأَرْضِ خَيْرٌ لَكُمْ مِنْ ظَهْرِهَا. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ صَالِحٍ الْمُرِّيِّ، وَصَالِحٌ الْمُرِّيُّ فِي حَدِيثِهِ غَرَائِبُ يَنْفَرِدُ بِهَا لَا يُتَابَعُ عَلَيْهَا، وَهُوَ رَجُلٌ صَالِحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2266

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2266

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 79

Doing Deeds During Fitan, The Land Of Fitan, And The Signs Of Fitan

Hadith 2267

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2267. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "You are in a time when whoever abandons a tenth of what he has been ordered, then he is ruined. Then, there will come a time in which whoever does a tenth of what he has been ordered shall be saved." (Hasan) [Abū 'Eisā said:] This Hadīth is Gharīb, we do not know of it except as a narration of Nu'aim bin Ḥammād from Sufyān bin 'Uyainah. He said: There are narrations on this topic from Abū Dharr, and Abū Sa'eed.

Arabic text

٢٢٦٧ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ الْجَوْزَجَانِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌نُعَيْمُ بْنُ حَمَّادٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي الزِّنَادِ ، عَنِ ‌الْأَعْرَجِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّكُمْ فِي زَمَانٍ مَنْ تَرَكَ مِنْكُمْ عُشْرَ مَا أُمِرَ بِهِ هَلَكَ،» ثُمَّ يَأْتِي زَمَانٌ مَنْ عَمِلَ مِنْهُمْ بِعُشْرِ مَا أُمِرَ بِهِ نَجَا. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ، لَا نَعْرِفُهُ إِلَّا مِنْ حَدِيثِ نُعَيْمِ بْنِ حَمَّادٍ عَنْ سُفْيَانَ بْنِ عُيَيْنَةَ. وَفِي الْبَابِ عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، وَأَبِي سَعِيدٍ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2267

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2267

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2268

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2268. Ibn 'Umar narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood on the Minbar and said: "The land of Fitan is there" and he pointed to the east, meaning: "Where the sun rises from the horn of Shaitān" or he said: "The horn of the sun." (Sahīh) This Hadīth is Hasan Sahīh.

Arabic text

٢٢٦٨ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مَعْمَرٌ ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ ‌سَالِمٍ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَ: «قَامَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ فَقَالَ: هَاهُنَا أَرْضُ الْفِتَنِ وَأَشَارَ إِلَى الْمَشْرِقِ،» يَعْنِي حَيْثُ يَطْلُعُ قَرْنُ الشَّيْطَانِ أَوْ قَالَ قَرْنُ الشَّمْسِ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ حَسَنٌ صَحِيحٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2268

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2268

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2269

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2269. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Black standards will come from Khurāsān, nothing shall turn them back until they are planted in Jerusalem." (Da'if) This Hadīth is Gharīb Hasan. In the Name of Allāh,the Merciful, the Beneficent

Arabic text

٢٢٦٩ - حَدَّثَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌رِشْدِينُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ ، عَنْ ‌يُونُسَ ، عَنِ ‌ابْنِ شِهَابٍ الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌قَبِيصَةَ بْنِ ذُؤَيْبٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «تَخْرُجُ مِنْ خُرَاسَانَ» رَايَاتٌ سُودٌ، لَا يَرُدُّهَا شَيْءٌ حَتَّى تُنْصَبَ بِإِيلِيَاءَ. هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ.

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2269

Report an issue

Jami at-Tirmidhi · Hadith 2269

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes